The Rise of Zombie Politics, Democracy
and Threat of Authoritarianism (cadaver animatum)
According to the current press secretary, Feb, 2025 "Trump is playing 4 dimensional
chess, You are all playing checkers." Quite a statement. I can hear the lip-lock
ass-smooching from 2300 miles away. And its deafening. Another question, why
are so many of Trump's cabinet nominees clearly unqualified for the position
assigned? We are making America great again. Isn't it a conflict of interest to
appoint someone whose corporate and stock profits would benefit from their being
placed in charge of regulatory agencies whose mission is to protect the consumer?
We are making America great again. What will happen to the CDC and the NIH if a
person with no scientific training and a clear political agenda is given the reins?
We will make America great again. Don't get me started on Musk.
How does one resist these zombie politics and not give in to despair? How do we know
if we are slipping into fascism or if it has already slipped in through our back door
while we were just going on with our lives? It would certainly take a different form,
but could European history of the 1930's repeat itself here on American soil? Could I
ever demonstrate the kind of courage and resilience that my ancestors needed to survive
that history? How might I resist? See end of Website for answers.
The zombie phenomenon on display nightly on television alongside endless examples of
destruction unfolding in real-time signals a shift away from the hope that accompanies
the living to a politics of cynicism and despair.
In the 2012 campaign cycle, One 'man' Adelson spent $100 million to support the
Republican cause. Koch brothers spent 257 million for their Republican causes.
Bernie Sanders said “These oligarchs tell us we shouldn’t tax the rich,”. “The
oligarchs tell us we shouldn’t take on price gouging; we shouldn’t expand Medicare to
cover dental, hearing and vision; and we shouldn’t increase Social Security benefits
for struggling seniors.”1
Then there is 'whataboutism'. How about solving one problem, then the other.
Education is the point at which we decide whether we love the world enough to assume
responsibility for it and by the same token save it from ruin which, except for renewal,
except for the coming of the new and young, would be inevitable. And education, too, is
where we decide whether we love our children enough not to expel them from our world and
leave them to their own devices, nor to strike from their hands their chance of
undertaking something new, something unforeseen by us, but to prepare them in advance
for the task of renewing a common world.
Zombie Politics
and Culture in the
Age of Casino Capitalism
zɑːm.bi
noun
(in popular fiction) a person or reanimated corpse that has been turned
into a creature capable of movement but not of rational thought, which
feeds on human flesh.
a person who is or appears lifeless, apathetic, or completely unresponsive
to their surroundings.
(informal)
a hypothetical being that responds to stimulus as a person would but that
does not experience consciousness.
In the world of popular culture, zombies seem to be everywhere, as evidenced by
the relentless slew of books, movies, video games, and comics. From the haunting Night
of tbe Living Dead to the comic movie Zombieland, the figure of the zombie has captured
and touched something unique in the contemporary imagination.
But the dark and terrifying image of the zombie with missing body parts, oozing
body fluids, and an appetite for fresh, living, human brains does more than feed the
mass-marketing machines that prey on the spectacle of the violent, grotesque, and
ethically comatose. There is more at work in this wave of fascination with the
grotesquely walking hyper-dead than a Hollywood appropriation of the dark
recesses and unrestrained urges of the human mind. The zombie phenomenon is
now on display nightly on television alongside endless examples of destruction
unfolding in real-time. Such a cultural fascination with proliferating images of the
living hyper-dead and unrelenting human catastrophes that extend from a global
economic meltdown to the earthquake in Haiti to the ecological disaster caused by
the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico signals a shift away from the hope that
accompanies the living to a politics of cynicism and despair. The macabre double
movement between "the dead that walk"2 and those who are alive but are dying and
suffering cannot be understood outside of the casino capitalism that now shapes
every aspect of society in its own image. A casino capitalist zombie politics views
competition as a form of social combat, celebrates war as an extension of politics,
and legitimates a ruthless Social Darwinism in which particular individuals and
groups are considered simply redundant, disposable-nothing more than human
waste left to stew in their own misfortune-easy prey for the zombies who have a
ravenous appetite for chaos and revel in apocalyptic visions filled with destruction,
decay, abandoned houses, burned-out cars, gutted landscapes, and trashed gas
stations.
The twenty-first-century zombies no longer emerge from the grave; they now
inhabit the rich environs of Wall Street and roam the halls of the gilded monuments
of greed such as Goldman Sachs. As an editorial in The New York Times points out,
the new zombies of free-market fundamentalism turned "the financial system into
a casino. Like gambling, the transactions mostly just shifted paper money around
the globe. Unlike gambling, they packed an enormous capacity for collective and
economic destruction-hobbling banks that made bad bets, freezing credit and
economic activity. Society-not the bankers-bore the cost."3 In this way the zombie,
the immoral, sub-Nietzschean, id-driven "other" who is "hyper-dead" but still alive
as an avatar of death and cruelty-provides an apt metaphor for a new kind of
authoritarianism that has a grip on contemporary politics in the United States.4 This
is an authoritarianism in which mindless self-gratification becomes the sanctioned
noun and public issues collapse into the realm of privatized anger and rage. The rule
of the market offers the hyper-dead an opportunity to exercise unprecedented
power in American society, reconstructing civic and political culture almost entirely
in the service of a politics that fuels the friend/enemy divide, even as
democracy becomes the scandal of casino capitalism-its ultimate humiliation.
But the new zombies are not only wandering around in the banks, investment
houses, and death chambers of high finance, they have an ever-increasing presence
in the highest reaches of government and in the forefront of mainstream media. The
growing numbers of zombies in the mainstream media have huge financial backing
from the corporate elite and represent the new face of the culture of cruelty and
hatred in the second Gilded Age. Any mention of the social state, putting limits on
casino capitalism, and regulating corporate zombies puts Sarah Palin, Glenn Beck,
Rush Limbaugh, and other talking heads into a state of high rage. They disparage
any discourse that embraces social justice, social responsibility, and human rights.
The Rise
of
Zombie
Politics
Appealing to "real" American values such as family, God, and Guns, they are in the
forefront of a zombie politics that opposes any legislation or policy designed to lessen
human suffering and promote economic and social progress. As Arun Gupta points
out, they are insistent in their opposition to "civil rights, school desegregation,
women's rights, labor organizing, the minimum wage, Social Security, LGBT
rights, welfare, immigrant rights, public education, reproductive rights, Medicare,
[and] Medicaid."5 The walking hyper-dead even oppose providing the extension of
unemployment benefits to millions of Americans who are out of work, food, and
hope. They spectacularize hatred and trade in lies and misinformation. They make
populist appeals to the people while legitimating the power of the rich. They appeal
to common sense as a way of devaluing a culture of questioning and critical
exchange. Unrelenting in their role as archetypes of the hyper-dead, they are
misanthropes trading in fear, hatred, and hyper-nationalism.
The human suffering produced by the walking hyper-dead can also be seen in
the nativist apoplexy resulting in the racist anti-immigration laws passed in Arizona,
the attempts to ban ethnic studies in public schools, the rise of the punishing state,
the social dumping of millions of people of color into prisons, and the attempts of
Tea Party fanatics and politicians who Want to "take back America" from President
Barack Obama-described in the new lexicon of right-wing political illiteracy as
both an alleged socialist and the new Hitler. Newt Gingrich joins Glenn Beck and
other members of the elite squad of the hyper-dead in arguing that Obama is just
another version of Joseph Stalin. For Gingrich and the rest of the zombie ideologues,
any discourse that advocates for social protections, easing human suffering, or
imagining a better future is dismissed by being compared to the horrors of the Nazi
holocaust. Dystopian discourse and End Times morbidity rule the collective
consciousness of this group.
The "death panels" envisaged by Sarah Palin are not going to emerge from
Obama's health care reform plan but from the toolkits the zombie politicians and
talking heads open up every time they are given the opportunity to speak. The death
threats, vandalism, and crowds shouting homophobic slurs at openly gay U. S.
House Representative Barney Frank already speak to a fixation with images of death,
violence, and war that now grips the country. Sarah Palin's infamous call to a
gathering of her followers to "reload" in opposition to President Obama's policies-soon
followed in a nationally televised press conference with a request for the American
people to embrace Arizona's new xenophobic laws-makes her one of the most
prominent of the political zombies. Not only has she made less-than-vague endorsements
of violence in many of her public speeches, she has cheerfully embraced the
new face of white supremacy in her recent unapologetic endorsement of racial
profiling, stating in a widely reported speech that "It's time for Americans across this
great country to stand up and say, 'We're all Arizonians now.'"6 The current descent
into racism, ignorance, corruption, and mob idiocy makes clear the degree to which
politics has become a sport for zombies rather than engaged and thoughtful
citizens.7
The hyper-dead celebrate talk radio haters such as Rush Limbaugh, whose
fanaticism appears to pass without criticism in the mainstream media. Limbaugh
echoes the fanatics who whipped up racial hatred in Weimar Germany, the ideological
zombies who dissolved the line between reason and distortion-laden
propaganda. How else to explain his claim "that environmentalist terrorists might have
caused the ecological disaster in the gulf"?8 The ethically frozen zombies that
dominate screen culture believe that only an appeal to self-interest motivates
people-a convenient counterpart to a culture of cruelty that rebukes, if not disdains,
any appeal to the virtues of a moral and just society. They smile at their audiences
while collapsing the distinction between opinions and reasoned arguments. They
report on Tea Party rallies while feeding the misplaced ideological frenzy that
motivates such gatherings but then refuse to comment on rallies all over the
country that do not trade in violence or spectacle. They report uncritically on Islam
bashers, such as the radical right-wing radio host Michael Savage, as if his ultra-extremist
racist views are a legitimate part of the American mainstream. In the age of
zombie politics, there is too little public outrage or informed public anger over the
pushing of millions of people out of their homes and jobs, the defunding of schools, and
the rising tide of homeless families and destitute communities. Instead of organized,
massive protests against casino capitalism, the American public is treated to an
endless and arrogant display of wealth, greed, and power. Armies of zombies tune in
to gossip-laden entertainment, game, and realityTV shows, transfixed by the empty
lure of celebrity culture.
The roaming hordes of celebrity zombie intellectuals work hard to fuel a sense
of misguided fear and indignation toward democratic politics, the social state, and
immigrants-all of which is spewed out in bitter words and comes terribly close to
inciting violence. Zombies love death-dealing institutions, which accounts for why
they rarely criticize the bloated military budget and the rise of the punishing state
and its expanding prison system. They smile with patriotic glee, anxious to further
the demands of empire as automated drones kill innocent civilians-conveniently
dismissed as collateral damage-and the torture state rolls inexorably along in
Afghanistan, Iraq, and in other hidden and unknown sites. The slaughter that
inevitably follows catastrophe is not new, but the current politics of death has
reached new heights and threatens to transform a weak democracy into a full
fledged authoritarian state.
A Turn
to the
Dark Side
of Politics
The American media, large segments of the public, and many educators widely
believe that authoritarianism is alien to the political landscape of American
society. Authoritarianism is generally associated with tyranny and governments that
exercise power in violation of the rule of law. A commonly held perception of the
American public is that authoritarianism is always elsewhere. It can be found in
other allegedly "less developed/civilized countries," such as contemporary China or
Iran, or it belongs to a fixed moment in modern history, often associated with the
rise of twentieth-century totalitarianism in its different forms in Germany, Italy, and
the Soviet Union under Stalin. Even as the United States became more disposed
to modes of tyrannical power under the second Bush administration-demonstrated, for
example, by the existence of secret CIA prisons, warrantless spying on Americans, and
state-sanctioned kidnaping-mainstream liberals, intellectuals, journalists, and media
pundits argued that any suggestion that the United States was becoming an authoritarian
society was simply preposterous. For instance, the journalist James Traub repeated the
dominant view that whatever problems the United States faced under the Bush
administration had nothing to do with a growing authoritarianism or its more extreme
form, totalitarianism.9 On the contrary, according to this position, America was simply
beholden to a temporary seizure of power by some extremists, who represented a form of
political exceptionalism and an annoying growth on the body politic. In other words, as
repugnant as many of Bush's domestic and foreign policies might have been, they neither
threatened nor compromised in any substantial way America's claim to being a democratic
society.
Against the notion that the Bush administration had pushed the United States
close to the brink of authoritarianism, some pundits have argued that this dark
moment in America's history, while uncharacteristic of a substantive democracy, had
to be understood as temporary perversion of American law and democratic ideals
that would end when George W. Bush concluded his second term in the White
House. In this view, the regime of George W. Bush and its demonstrated contempt
for democracy was explained away as the outgrowth of a random act of politics
a corrupt election and the bad-faith act of a conservative court in 2000 or a
poorly run election campaign in 2004 by an uncinematic and boring Democratic
candidate. According to this narrative, the Bush-Cheney regime exhibited such
extreme modes of governance in its embrace of an imperial presidency, its violation
of domestic and international laws, and its disdain for human rights and
democratic values that it was hard to view such anti-democratic policies as part of a
pervasive shift toward a hidden order of authoritarian politics, which historically has
existed at the margins of American society It would be difficult to label such a
government other than as shockingly and uniquely extremist, given a political legacy
that included the rise of the security and torture state; the creation of legal
illegalities in which civil liberties were trampled; the launching of an unjust war in Iraq
legitimated through official lies; the passing of legislative policies that drained the
federal surplus by giving away more than a trillion dollars in tax cuts to the rich; the
enactment of a shameful policy of preemptive war; the endorsement of an inflated
military budget at the expense of much-needed social programs; the selling off of
as many government institutions as possible to corporate interests; the resurrection of
an imperial presidency; an incessant attack against unions; support for a muzzled
and increasingly corporate-controlled media; the government production of fake
news reports to gain consent for regressive policies; the use of an Orwellian
vocabulary for disguising monstrous acts such as torture ("enhanced interrogation
techniques"); the furtherance of a racist campaign of legal harassment and incarceration
of Arabs, Muslims, and immigrants; the advancement of a prison binge through a
repressive policy of criminalization; the establishment of an unregulated and ultimately
devastating form of casino capitalism; the arrogant celebration and support for the
interests and values of big business at the expense of citizens and the common good;
and the dismantling of social services and social safety nets as part of a larger
campaign of ushering in the corporate state and the reign of finance capital?
Authoritarianism
with a
Friendly
Face
In the minds of the American public, the dominant media, and the accommodating
pundits and intellectuals, there is no sense of how authoritarianism in its soft
and hard forms can manifest itself as anything other than horrible images of
concentration camps, goose-stepping storm troopers, rigid modes of censorship, and
chilling spectacles of extremist government repression and violence. That is, there
is little understanding of how new modes of authoritarian ideology, policy, values,
and social relations might manifest themselves in degrees and gradations so as to
create the conditions for a distinctly undemocratic and increasingly cruel and
oppressive social order. As the late Susan Sontag suggested in another context, there
is a willful ignorance of how emerging registers of power and governance "dissolve
politics into pathology."10 It is generally believed that in a constitutional
democracy, power is in the hands of the people, and that the long legacy of democratic ideals in
America, however imperfect, is enough to prevent democracy from being subverted or lost.
And yet the lessons of history provide clear examples of how the emergence of
reactionary politics, the increasing power of the military; and the power of big
business subverted democracy in Argentina, Chile, Germany, and Italy. In spite of
these histories, there is no room in the public imagination to entertain what has
become the unthinkable-that such an order in its contemporary form might
be more nuanced, less theatrical, more cunning, less concerned with repressive modes
of control than with manipulative modes of consent-what one might call a mode of
authoritarianism with a distinctly American character.11
Historical conjunctures produce different forms of authoritarianism, though
they all share a hatred for democracy, dissent, and civil liberties. It is too easy to
believe in a simplistic binary logic that strictly categorizes a country as either
authoritarian or democratic, which leaves no room for entertaining the possibility
of a mixture of both systems. American politics today suggests a more updated if
not a different form of authoritarianism. In this context, it is worth remembering
what Huey Long said in response to the question of whether America could ever
become fascist: "Yes, but we will call it anti-fascist."12 Long's reply suggests that
fascism is not an ideological apparatus frozen in a particular historical period but a
complex and often shifting theoretical and political register for understanding how
democracy can be subverted, if not destroyed, from within. This notion of soft or
friendly fascism was articulated in 1985 in Bertram Gross's book, 'Friendly Fascism: The New
Face of Power in America', in which he argued that if fascism came to the United States
it would not embody the same characteristics associated with fascist forms in the historical
past. There would be no Nuremberg rallies, doctrines of racial superiority, government-sanctioned
book burnings, death camps, genocidal purges, or the abrogation of the U.S.
Constitution. In short, fascism would not take the form of an ideological grid from
the past simply downloaded onto another country under different historical conditions.
Gross believed that fascism was an ongoing danger and had the ability to
become relevant under new conditions, taking on familiar forms of thought that
resonate with nativist traditions, experiences, and political relations.13 Similarly,
in his 'Anatomy of Fascism,' Robert O. Paxton argued that the texture of American fascism
would not mimic traditional European forms but would be rooted in the language,
symbols, and culture of everyday life. He writes: "No swastikas in an American
fascism, but Stars and Stripes (or Stars and Bars) and Christian crosses. No fascist
salute, but mass recitations of the Pledge of Allegiance. These symbols contain no
whispers of fascism in themselves, of course, but an American fascism would transform
them into obligatory litmus tests for detecting the internal enemy."14 It is worth
noting that Umberto Eco, in his discussion of "eternal fascism," also argued that any
updated version of fascism would not openly assume the mantle of historical
fascism; rather, new forms of authoritarianism would appropriate some of its elements,
making it virtually unrecognizable from its traditional forms. Like Gross and
Paxton, Eco contended that fascism, if it comes to America, will have a different
guise, although it will be no less destructive of democracy. He wrote:
Ur-Fascism [Eternal Fascism] is still around us, sometimes in plainclothes. It would be
much easier for us if there appeared on the world scene somebody saying, "I want to
reopen Auschwitz, I want the Blackshirts to parade again in the Italian squares." Life
is not that simple. Ur-Fascism can come back under the most innocent of disguises. Our
duty is to uncover it and to point our finger at any of its new instances-every day,
in every part of the world.15
Authoritarianism
with a
Friendly
Face, ii
The renowned political theorist Sheldon Wolin, in Democracy Incorporated updates
these views and argues persuasively that the United States has produced its own
unique form of authoritarianism, which he calls "inverted totalitarianism."16 Wolin
claims that under traditional forms of totalitarianism, there are usually founding texts
such as Mein Kampf rule by a personal demagogue such as Adolf Hitler, political
change enacted by a revolutionary movement such as the Bolsheviks, the constitution
rewritten or discarded, the political state's firm control over corporate interests,
and an idealized and all-encompassing ideology used to create a unified and totalizing
understanding of society. At the same time, the government uses all the power of its
cultural and repressive state apparatuses to fashion followers in its own ideological
image and collective identity.
In the United States, Wolin argues that an emerging authoritarianism appears
to take on a very different form.17 In addition to a charismatic leader, the government
is also governed through the anonymous and largely remote hand of corporate
power and finance capital. Political sovereignty is largely replaced by economic
sovereignty as corporate power takes over the reins of governance. The dire
consequence, as David Harvey points out, is that "raw money power wielded by the
few undermines all semblances of democratic governance. The pharmaceutical
companies, health insurance and hospital lobbies, for example, spent more than $133
million in the first three months of 2009 to make sure they got their way on health
care reform in the United States."18 The more money influences politics the more
corrupt the political culture becomes. Under such circumstances, holding office
is largely dependent on having huge amounts of capital at one's disposal, while laws
and policies at all levels of government are mostly fashioned by lobbyists
representing big business corporations and commanding financial institutions. Moreover,
as the politics of health care reform indicate, such lobbying, as corrupt and unethical
as it may be, is not carried out in the open and displayed by insurance and drug companies
as a badge of honor-a kind of open testimonial to the disrespect for democratic
governance and a celebration of their power. The subversion of democratic governance
in the United States by corporate interests is captured succinctly by Chris Hedges in
his observation that;
Corporations have 35,000 lobbyists in Washington and thousands more in state capitals that
dole out corporate money to shape and write legislation. They use their political action
committees to solicit employees and shareholders for donations to fund pliable candidates.
The 'financial sector, for example, spent more than $5 billion on political campaigns,
influenc[e] peddling and lobbying during the past decade, which resulted in sweeping
deregulation, the gouging of consumers, our global financial meltdown and the subsequent
looting of the U.S. Treasury The Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America spent
$26 million last year and clmg companies such as Pfizer, Amgen and Eli Lilly kicked in tens
of millions more to buy off the two parties. These corporations have made sure our so-called
health reform bil] will force us to buy their predatory and defective products. The oil and
gas industry, the coal industry; defense contractors and telecommunications companies have
thwarted the drive for sustainable energy and orchestrated the steady erosion of civil
liberties. Politicians do corporate bidding and stage hollow acts of political theater to
keep the fiction of the democratic state alive.19
Rather than being forced to adhere to a particular state ideology, the general
public in the United States is largely depoliticized through the influence of
corporations over schools, higher education, and other cultural apparatuses. The
deadening of public values, civic consciousness, and critical citizenship is also
the result of the work of anti-public intellectuals representing right-wing ideological
and financial interests,20 dominant media that are largely center-right, and a
market-driven public pedagogy that reduces the obligations of citizenship to the
endless consumption and discarding of commodities. In addition, a pedagogy of
social and political amnesia works through celebrity culture and its counterpart in
corporate-driven news, television, radio, and entertainment to produce a culture of
stupidity, censorship, and diversionary spectacles.
Depoliticizing
Freedom
and
Agency
Agency is now defined by a neoliberal concept of Eeedom, a notion that is largely
organized according to the narrow notions of individual self-interest and limited to
the freedom from constraints. Central to this concept is the freedom to pursue one's
self-interests independently of larger social concerns. For individuals in a consumer
society, this often means the freedom to shop, own guns, and define rights
without regard to the consequences for others or the larger social order. When
applied to economic institutions, this notion of freedom often translates into a call
for removing government regulation over the market and economic institutions. This
notion of a deregulated and privatized Heedom is decoupled from the common good
and any understanding of individual and social responsibility. It is an unlimited
notion of freedom that both refuses to recognize the importance of social costs and
social consequences and has no language for an ethic that calls us beyond ourselves,
that engages our responsibility to others. Within this discourse of hyper-individualized
freedom, individuals are not only "liberated from the constraints imposed by
the dense network of social bonds," but are also "stripped of the protection which
had been matter-of-factly offered in the past by that dense network of social
bonds."21
Freedom exclusively tied to personal and political rights without also enabling
access to economic resources becomes morally empty and politically dysfunctional.
The much-heralded notion of choice associated with personal and political freedom
is hardly assured when individuals lack the economic resources, knowledge, and
social supports to make such choices and freedoms operative and meaningful. As
Zygmunt Bauman points out, "The right to vote (and so, obliquely and at least in
theory, the right to influence the composition of the ruler and the shape of the rules
that bind the ruled) could be meaningfully exercised only by those 'who possess
sufficient economic and cultural resources' to be 'safe from the voluntary or involuntary
servitude that cuts off any possible autonomy of choice (and/or its delegation)
at the root... _[Choice] stripped of economic resources and political power hardly
assure [s] personal freedoms to the dzlvpossessed, who have no claim on the resources
without which personal freedom can neither be won nor in practice enjoyed."22 Paul
Bigioni has argued that this flawed notion of freedom played a central role in the
emerging fascist dictatorships of the early twentieth century. He writes:
It was the liberals of that era who clamored for unfettered personal and economic freedom,
no matter what the cost to society. Such untrammeled freedom is not suitable to civilized
humans. It is the freedom of the jungle. In other words, the strong have more of it than the
weak. It is a notion of Eeedom that is inherently violent, because it is enjoyed at the expense
of others. Such a notion of freedom legitimizes each and every increase in the wealth and
power of those who are already powerful, regardless of the misery that will be suffered by
others as a result. The use of the state to limit such "freedom" was denounced by the lais
sez-faire liberals of the early 20th century The use of the state to protect such
"freedom" was fascism. Just as monopoly is the ruin of the free market, fascism is the
ultimate degradation of liberal capitalism."23
This stripped-down notion of market-based freedom that now dominates American
society cancels out any viable notion of individual and social agency. This market
driven notion of freedom emphasizes choice as an economic function defined
largely as the right to buy things while at the same time cancelling out any active
understanding of freedom and choice as the right to make rational choices concerning
the very structure of power and governance in a society. In embracing a passive
attitude toward freedom in which power is viewed as a necessary evil, a conserva
tive notion of freedom reduces politics to the empty ritual of voting and is incapable
of understanding freedom as a form of collective, productive power that enables "a
notion of political agency and freedom that affirms the equal opportunity of all to
exercise political power in order to participate in shaping the most important
decisions affecting their lives."24 This merging of the market-based understanding of
freedom as the freedom to consume and the conservative-based view of freedom as
a restriction from all constraints refuses to recognize that the conditions for
a restriction from all constraints refuses to recognize that the conditions for
substantive freedom do not lie in personal and political rights alone; on the contrary,
real choices and freedom include the individual and collective ability to actively
intervene in and shape both the nature of politics and the myriad forces bearing
down on everyday life-a notion of freedom that can only be viable when social
rights and economic resources are available to individuals. Of course, this notion of
freedom and choice is often dismissed either as a vestige of socialism or simply
drowned out in a culture that collapses all social considerations and notions of
solidarity into the often cruel and swindle-based discourse of instant gratification and
individual gain. Under such conditions, democracy is managed through the empty
ritual of elections; citizens are largely rendered passive observers as a result of
giving undue influence to corporate power in shaping all of the essential elements of
political governance and decision making; and manufactured appeals to fear and personal
safety legitimate both the suspension of civil liberties and the expanding
powers of an imperial presidency and the policing functions of a militaristic state.
Depoliticizing
Freedom
and
Agency, ii
I believe that the formative culture necessary to create modes of education,
thought, dialogue, critique, and critical agency-the necessary conditions of any
aspiring democracy-is largely destroyed through the pacification of intellectuals
and the elimination of public spheres capable of creating such a culture. Elements
of a depoliticizing and commodifying culture become clear in the shameless propaganda
produced by the so-called "embedded" journalists, while a corporate-dominated popular
culture largely operates through multiple technologies, screen cultures, and video
games that trade endlessly in images of violence, spectacles of consumption, and
stupifying modes of (il)literacy Funded by right-wing ideological, corporate, and
militaristic interests, an army of anti-public intellectuals groomed in right-wing
think tanks and foundations, such as the American Enterprise Institute and Manhattan
Institute, dominate the traditional media, police the universities for any vestiges
of critical thought and dissent, and endlessly spread their message of privatization,
deregulation, and commercialization, exercising a power of influence in the
dismantling of all public spheres not dominated by private and corporate interests.
These "experts in legitimation," to use Antonio Gramsci's prescient phrase, peddle
civic ignorance just as they renounce any vestige of public accountability for big
business, giant media conglomerates, and financial megacorporations. How else to
explain that nearly twenty percent of the American people believe incorrectly that
Obama is a Muslim!
Under the new authoritarianism, the corporate state and the punishing state
merge as economics drives politics, and repression is increasingly used to contain
all those individuals and groups caught in an expanding web of destabilizing
inequality and powerlessness that touches everything from the need for basic health
care, food, and shelter to the promise of a decent education. As the social state is
hollowed out under pressure from free-market advocates, right-wing politicians, and
conservative ideologues, the United States has increasingly turned its back on any
semblance of social justice, civic responsibility, and democracy itself. This might
explain the influential journalist Thomas Friedman's shameless endorsement of military
adventurism in the New York Times article in which he argues that "The hidden hand
of the market will never work without a hidden fist-McDonald's cannot flourish
without McDonnell Douglas, the designer of the U. S. Air Force F-15. And the hidden
fist that keeps the world safe for Silicon Valley's technologies to flourish is
called the U.S. Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps."25 Freedom in this
discourse is inextricably wedded to state and military violence and is a far cry from
any semblance of a claim to democracy.
Zombie Politics
and the
Culture of
Cruelty
Another characteristic of an emerging authoritarianism in the United States is the
correlation between the growing atomization of the individual and the rise of a culture
of cruelty, a type of zombie politics in which the living dead engage in forms
of rapacious behavior that destroy almost every facet of a substantive democratic
polity. There is a mode of terror rooted in a neoliberal market-driven society that
numbs many people just as it wipes out the creative faculties of imagination, memory
and critical thought. Under a regime of privatized utopias, hyper-individualism, and
ego-centered values, human beings slip into a kind of ethical somnolence, indifferent
to the plight and suffering of others. Though writing in a different context, the
late Franléurt School theorist Leo Lowenthal captured this mode of terror in his
comments on the deeply sedimented elements of authoritarianism rooted in modern
civilization. He wrote:
In a system that reduces life to a chain of disconnected reactions to shock, personal
communication tends to lose all meaning...The individual under terrorist conditions
is never alone and always alone. He becomes numb and rigid not only in relation to
his neighbor but also in relation to himself; fear robs him of the power of spontaneous
emotional or mental reaction. Thinking becomes a stupid crime; it endangers his life.
The inevitable consequence is that stupidity spreads as a contagious disease among the
terrorized population. Human beings live in a state of stupor, in a moral coma.26
Implicit in Lowenthal's commentary is the assumption that as democracy becomes
a fiction, the moral mechanisms of language, meaning, and ethics collapse, and a
cruel indifference takes over diverse modes of communication and exchange, often
as a register of the current paucity of democratic values, identities, and social
relations. Surely, this is obvious today as all vestiges of the social compact, social
responsibility, and modes of solidarity give way to a form of Social Darwinism with
its emphasis on ruthlessness, cruelty, war, violence, hyper modes of masculinity, and
a disdain for those considered weak, dependent, alien, or economically unproductive. A
poverty of civic ideals is matched not only by a poverty of critical agency but also by
the disappearance among the public of the importance of moral and social responsibilities.
As public life is commercialized and commodified, the pathology of individual entitlement
and narcissism erodes those public spaces in which the conditions for conscience, decency,
self-respect, and dignity take root. The delusion of endless growth coupled with an
"obsession with wealth creation, the cult of privatization [and] uncritical admiration
for unfettered markets, and disdain for the public sector" has produced a culture that
seems "consumed by locusts" in "an age of pygmies."27
This culture of cruelty is especially evident in the hardships and deprivations
now visited upon many young people in the United States. We have 13.3 million
homeless children; one child in five lives in poverty; too many are now under the
supervision of the criminal justice system, and many more young adults are unemployed
and lack any hope for the future.28 Moreover, we are subjecting more and more
children to psychiatric drugs as a way of controlling their alleged unruly behavior
while providing huge profits for drug companies. As Evelyn Pringle points out,
"in 2006 more money was spent on treating mental disorders in children aged 0 to 17
than for any other medical condition, with a total of $8.9 billion."29
Needless to say, the drugging of American children is less about treating genuine
mental disorders than it is about punishing so-called unruly children, largely
children of the poor, while creating "lifelong patients and repeat customers for
Pharma!"30 Stories abound about poor young people being raped, beaten, and dying
in juvenile detention centers, needlessly trafficked into the criminal justice
system as part ofa profit-making scheme cooked up by corrupt judges and private
correction facilities administrators, and being given powerful antipsychotic medicines
in schools and other state facilities.31 Unfortunately, this regression to sheer
Economic Darwinism is not only evident in increasing violence against young people,
cutthroat reality TV shows, hate radio, and the Internet, it is also on Hill display in
the discourse of government officials and politicians and serves as a register of the
prominence of both a kind of political infantilism and a culture of cruelty.
Zombie Politics
and the
Culture of
Cruelty, ii
For instance, the Secretary of Education, Arne Duncan, stated in an interview
in February 2010 that "the best thing that happened to the education system
in New Orleans was Hurricane Katrina."32 Duncan's point, beyond the incredible
inhumanity reflected in such a comment, was that it took a disaster that uprooted
thousands of individuals and families and caused enormous amounts of suffering
to enable the Obama administration to implement a massive educational system
pushing charter schools based on market-driven principles that disdain public
values, if not public schooling itselfi This is the language of cruelty and zombie
politicians, a language indifferent to the ways in which people who suffer great
tragedies are expelled from their histories, narratives, and right to be human. Horrible
tragedies caused in part by government indifference are now covered up in the discourse
and ideals inspired by the logic of the market. This mean and merciless streak was also
on display recently when Lieutenant Governor Andre Bauer, who is running for the
Republican nomination for governor in South Carolina, stated that giving people
government assistance was comparable to "feeding stray animals." The utterly derogatory
and implicitly racist nature of his remark became obvious in the statement that
followed: "You know why? Because they breed. You're facilitating the problem if you
give an animal or a person ample food supply. They will reproduce, especially ones
that don't think too much further than that. And so what you've got to do is you've
got to curtail that type of behavior. They don't know any better."33
Lowenthal's argument that in an authoritarian society "stupidity spreads as a
contagious disease" is evident in a statement made by Michele Bachmann, a Republican
congresswoman, who recently argued that "Americans should purchase [health] insurance
with their own tax-free money."34 That 43 million Americans are without health
insurance because they cannot afford it seems lost on Bachmann, whose comments suggest
that these uninsured individuals, families, unemployed workers, and children are not
simply a disposable surplus but actually invisible and therefore unworthy of any
acknowledgment.
The regressive politics and moral stupidity are also evident in the emergence
of right-wing extremists now taking over the Republican Party. This new and
aggressive political formation calls for decoupling market-driven financial institutions
from any vestige of political and governmental constraint, celebrates emotion
over reason, treats critical intelligence as a toxin possessed largely by elites,
wraps its sophomoric misrepresentations in an air of beyond-interrogation "we're
just folks" insularity, and calls for the restoration of a traditional, white,
Christian, male-dominated America.35 Such calls embody elements of a racial panic
that are evident in all authoritarian movements and have increasingly become a
defining feature of a Republican Party that has sided with far-right-wing thugs
and goon squads intent on disrupting any vestige of the democratic process. This
emerging authoritarian element in American political culture is embodied in the
wildly popular media presence of Rush Limbaugh and Glenn Beck-right-wing extremists
who share a contempt for reason and believe in organizing politics on the model of
war, unconditional surrender, personal insults, hyper-masculine spectacles, and the
complete destruction of one's opponent.
The culture of cruelty, violence, and slander was on full display as the Obama
administration successfully passed a weak version of health care reform in 2010.
Stoked by a Republican Party that has either looked away or in some cases supported
the coded language of racism and violence, it was no surprise that there was barely a
peep out of Republican Party leaders when racial and homophobic slurs were hurled
by Tea Party demonstrators at civil rights legend Jon Lewis and openly gay Barney
Frank, both finn supporters of the Obama health policies. Even worse is the nod to
trigger-happy right-wing advocates of violence that conservatives such as Sarah
Palin have suggested in their response to the passage of the health care bill.
For instance, Frank Rich argues that;
This bill that inspired G.O.P. congressmen on
the House floor to egg on disruptive protesters even as they were being evicted from
the gallery by the Capitol Police last Sunday. It's this bill that prompted a
congressman to shout "baby killer" at Bart Stupak, a staunch antiabortion Democrat.
It's this bill that drove a demonstrator to spit on Emanuel Cleaver, a black
representative from Missouri. And it's this "middle-of-the-road" bill, as Obama
accurately calls it, that has incited an unglued firestorm of homicidal rhetoric,
from "Kill the bill!" to Sarah Palin's cry for her followers to "reload." At least
four of the House members hit with death threats or vandalism are among the 20
political targets Palin marks with rifle crosshairs on a map on her Facebook page.36
Zombie Politics
and the
Culture of
Cruelty, iii
There is more at work here than the usual right-wing promotion of bigotry and
ignorance; there is the use of violent rhetoric and imagery that mimics the discourse
of terrorism reminiscent of Oklahoma bomber Timothy McVeigh, dangerous right
wing militia groups, and other American-style fascists. As Chris Hedges insists,
"The language of violence always presages violence"37 and fuels an authoritarianism
that feeds on such excesses and the moral coma that accompanies the inability of
a society to both question itself and imagine an alternative democratic order.
How else can one read the "homicidal rhetoric" that is growing in America as any
thing other than an obituary for dialogue, democratic values, and civic courage?
What does it mean for a democracy when the general public either supports or is
silent in the face of widely publicized events such as black and gay members of
Congress being subjected to racist and homophobic taunts, a black congressman
being spit on, and the throwing of bricks through the office windows of some
legislators who supported the health care bill? What does it mean for a democracy
when there is little collective outrage when Sarah Palin, a leading voice in the
Republican Party, mimics the tactics of vigilantes by posting a map with crosshairs
on the districts of Democrats and urges her supporters on with the shameliil slogan
"Don't Retreat. Instead-RELOADF' Under such circumstances, the brandishing of assault
weapons at right-wing political rallies, the posters and signs comparing Obama to
Hitler, and the ever-increasing chants to "Take Our Country Back" echoes what
Frank Rich calls a "small-scale mimicry of K.ristallnacht."38 Violence and aggression
are now openly tolerated and in some cases promoted. The chants, insults, violence,
and mob hysteria all portend a dark period in American history an historical
conjuncture in the death knell for democracy is being written as the media turn
such events into spectacles rather than treat them as morally and politically
repugnant acts more akin to the legacy of fascism than the ideals of an aspiring
democracy. All the while the public yawns or, more troubling, engages fantasies
of reloading.
Unfortunately, the problems now facing the United States are legion and further
the erosion of a civic and democratic culture. Some of the most glaring issues
are massive unemployment; a rotting infrastructure; the erosion of vital public
services; the dismantling of the social safety net; expanding levels of poverty,
especially for children; and an imprisonment binge largely affecting poor
minorities of color. But such a list barely scratches the surface. In addition,
we have witnessed in the last thirty years the restructuring of public education
as either a source of profit for corporations or an updated version of control
modeled after prison culture coupled with an increasing culture of lying, cruelty,
and corruption, all of which belie a democratic vision of America that now seems
imaginable only as a nostalgic rendering of the founding ideals of democracy.
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?
Needless to say, many would disagree with Wolin's view that the United States is
in the grip of a new and dangerous authoritarianism that makes a mockery of the
country's moral claim to being a model of democracy at home and for the rest of
the world. For instance, liberal critic Robert Reich, the former Secretary of Labor
under President Bill Clinton, refers to America's changing political landscape as a
"shrinking democracy."39 For Reich, democracy necessitates three things: "(1)
Important decisions are made in the open. (2) The public and its representatives have
an opportunity to debate them, so the decisions can be revised in light of what the
public discovers and wants. And (3) those who make the big decisions are accountable
to voters."40 If we apply Reich's notion of democracy, then it becomes evident
that the use of the term democracy is neither theoretically apt nor politically
feasible at the current historical moment as a description of the United States. All of
the conditions he claims are crucial for a democracy are now undermined by financial
and economic interests that control elections, buy off political representatives,
and eliminate those public spheres where real dialogue and debate can take place.
It is difficult to imagine that anyone looking at a society in which an ultra-rich
financial elite and megacorporations have the power to control almost every aspect of
politics-from who gets elected to how laws are enacted-could possibly mistake this
social order and system of government for a democracy A more appropriate under
standing of democracy comes from Wolin in his claim that;
Democracy is about the conditions that make it possible for ordinary people to better
their lives by becoming political beings and by making power responsive to their hopes
and needs. What is at stake in democratic politics is whether ordinary men and women
can recognize that their concerns are best protected and cultivated under a regime whose
actions are governed by principles of commonality, equality, and faimess, a regime in
which taking part in politics becomes a way of staking out and sharing in a common life
and its forms of self-fulfillment. Democracy is not about bowling together but about
managing together those powers that immediately and significantly affect the lives and
circumstances of others and one's self Exercising power can be humbling when the
consequences are palpable rather than statistical-and rather different from wielding
power at a distance, at, say, an "undisclosed bunker somewhere in northem Virginia."41
Wolin ties democracy not merely to participation and accountability but to the
importance of the formative culture necessary for critical citizens and the need for
a redistribution of power and wealth, that is, a democracy in which power is exercised
not just for the people by elites but by the people in their own collective interests.
But more importantly, Wolin and others recognize that the rituals of voting
and accountability have become empty in a country that has been reduced to a lock
down universe in which torture, abuse, and the suspension of civil liberties have
become so normalized that more than half of all Americans now support the use
of torture under some circumstances."42 Torture, kidnapping, indefinite detention,
murder, and disappeared "enemy combatants" are typical practices carried out in
dictatorships, not in democracies, especially in a democracy that allegedly has a
liberal president whose election campaign ran on the promise of change and hope.
Maybe it's time to use a different language to name and resist the registers of
power and ideology that now dominate American society.
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?, ii
While precise accounts of the meaning of authoritarianism, especially fascism,
abound, I have no desire, given its shifting nature, to impose a rigid or universal
definition. What is to be noted is that many scholars, such as Kevin Passmore and
Robert O. Paxton, agree that authoritarianism is a mass movement that emerges out
of a failed democracy; and its ideology is extremely anti-liberal, anti-democratic,
and anti-socialistic.43 As a social order, it is generally characterized by a system
of terror directed against perceived enemies of the state; a monopolistic control of
the mass media; an expanding prison system; a state monopoly of weapons; political
rule by privileged groups and classes; control of the economy by a limited number
of people; unbridled corporatism; "the appeal to emotion and myth rather than reason;
the gloriiication of violence on behalf of a national cause; the mobilization and
militarization of civil society; [and] an expansionist foreign policy intended to
promote national greatness."44 All of these tendencies were highly visible during
the former Bush administration. With the election of Barack Obama to the presidency,
there was a widespread feeling among large sections of the American public and its
intellectuals that the threat of authoritarianism had passed. And yet there are many
troubling signs that in spite of the election of Obama, authoritarian policies not
only continue to unfold unabated within his administration but continue outside of
his power to control them. In this case, antidemocratic forces seem to align with
many of the conditions that make up what Wolin calls the politics of inverted
totalitarianism.
I think it is fair to say that authoritarianism can permeate the lived relations of
a political culture and social order and can be seen in the ways in which such relations
exacerbate the material conditions of inequality, undercut a sense of individual and
social agency, hijack democratic values, and promote a deep sense of hopelessness,
cynicism, and eventually unbridled anger. This deep sense of cynicism and despair
on the part of the polity in the face of unaccountable corporate and political power
lends credence to Hannah Arendt's notion that at the heart of totalitarianism is
the disappearance of the thinking, dialogue, and speaking citizens who make politics
possible. Authoritarianism as both an ideology and a set of social practices emerges
within the lives of those marked by such relations, as its proponents scorn the
present while calling for a revolution that rescues a deeply anti-modernist past in
order to revolutionize the future.
Determining for certain whether we are in the midst of a new authoritarianism
under the leadership of Barack Obama is difficult, but one thing is clear: any
new form of authoritarianism that emerges in the current time will be much more
powerful and complex in its beliefs, mechanisms of power, and modes of control than
the alleged idealism of one man or one administration. The popular belief, especially
after McCain's defeat, was that the country had made a break with its morally
transgressive and reactionary past and that Obama signmed not just hope but
political redemption. Such views ignored both the systemic and powerfully organized
financial and economic forces at work in American society while vastly over
estimating the power of any one individual or isolated group to challenge and
transform them. Even as the current economic meltdown revealed the destructive
and distinctive class character of the fmancial crisis, the idea that the crisis
was rooted in systemic causes that far exceeded a few bailouts was lost even on
liberal economists such as Paul Krugman,]effrey Sachs, and Joseph Stiglitz.
Within such economic analyses and narratives of political redemption, the
primacy of hope and "critical exuberance" took precedence over the reality of
established corporate power, ideological interests, and the influence of the
military industrial complex. As Judith Butler warned soon after Obama's victory,
"Obama is, after all, hardly a leftist, regardless of the attributions of
'socialism' proffered by his conservative opponents. ln what ways will his
actions be constrained by party politics, economic interests, and state power;
in what ways have they been compromised already? If we seek through this
presidency to overcome a sense of dissonance, then we will have jettisoned
critical politics in favor of an exuberance whose phantasmatic dimensions
will prove consequential."45 In retrospect, Butler's comments have proven
prescient, and the hope that accompanied Obama's election has now been
tempered by not simply despair but in many quarters outright and legitimate
anger.
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?, iii
If Bush's presidency represented an exceptional anti-democratic moment, it
would seem logical that the Obama administration would have examined,
condemned, and dismantled policies and practices at odds with the ideals of
an aspiring democracy Unfortunately such has not been the case under Obama, at
least up to this point in his administration. Within the past few years, Obama
has moved decidedly to the right, and in doing so has extended some of the
worst elements of the counter-terrorism policies of the Bush administration.
He has endorsed the use of military commissions, argued for the use of
indefinite detention with no charges or legal recourse for Afghan prisoners,
extended the USA Patriot Act,46 continued two wars while expanding the war in
Afghanistan, and largely reproduced Bush's market-driven approach to school
reform.47 As Noam Chomsky points out, Obama has done nothing to alter the
power and triumph of financial liberalization in the past thirty years.48 He
bailed out banks and financial investment institutions at the expense of the
26.3 million Americans who are either unemployed or do not have full-time
jobs along with the millions who have lost their homes. His chief economic
and foreign policy advisors-Tim Geithner, Lawrence Summers, and Robert
Gates-represent a continuation of a military and big business orientation
that is central to the ideologies and power relations of a undemocratic and
increasingly bankrupt economic and political system. While claiming to enact
policies designed to reduce the federal deficit, Obama plans to cut many
crucial domestic programs while increasing military spending, the intelligence
budget, and foreign military aid.
Obama has requested a defense budget for 2011 of $708 billion, in addition to
calling for $33 billion to finance the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. This budget is
almost as large as the rest of the entire world's defense spending combined. Roger Hodge
provides a useful summary of Obama's failings, extending from the perversion of
the rule of law to the authoritarian claim of "sovereign immunity." He writes:
Obama promised to end the war in Iraq, end torture, close Guantanamo, restore the
constitution, heal our wounds, and wash our feet. None of these things has come to
pass. As president, with few exceptions, Obama either has embraced the unconstitutional
war powers claimed by his predecessor or has left the door open for their quiet adoption
at some later date. Leon Panetta, director of the Central Intelligence Agency, has
declared that the right to kidnap (known as "extraordinary rendition") foreigners will
continue, just as the Bush administrations expansive doctrine of state secrets continues
to be used in court against those wrongfully detained and tortured by our security forces
and allies. Obama has adopted military commissions, once an unpardonable offense against
our best traditions, to prosecute terrorism cases in which legitimate convictions cannot
be obtained .... The principle of habeas corpus, sacred to candidate Obama as "the essence
of who we are," no longer seems so essential, and reports continue to surface of secret
prisons hidden from due process and the Red Cross. Waterboarding has been banned, but
other "soft" forms of torture, such as sleep deprivation and force-feeding, continue-as
do the practices, which once seemed so terribly important to opponents of the Bush regime,
of presidential signing statements and warrantless surveillance. In at least one respect,
the Obama Justice Department has produced an innovation: a claim of "sovereign immunity"
in response to a lawsuit seeking damages for illegal spying. Not even the minions of
George W. Bush, with their fanciful notions of the unitary executive, made use of this
constitutionally suspect doctrine, derived from the ancient common-law assumption that
"the King can do no wrong," to defend their clear violations of the federal surveillance
statute.49
Moreover, by giving corporations and unions unlimited freedom to contribute to
elections, the recent Supreme Court decision in Citizens United v. Federal Election
Commission provided a final step in placing the control of politics more firmly in the
hands of big money and large corporations. In this ruling, democracy-like everything
else in American culture-was treated as a commodity and offered up to the highest
bidder. As a result, whatever government regulations are imposed on big business and
the financial sectors will be largely ineffective and will do little to disrupt casino
capitalism's freedom from political, economic, and ethical constraints. Chris Hedges
is right in insisting that the Supreme Court's decision "carried out a coup d'état in
slow motion. The coup is over. We lost. The ruling is one more judicial effort to
streamline mechanisms for corporate control. It exposes the myth of a functioning
democracy and the triumph of corporate power....The corporate state is firmly cemented
in place."50
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?, iv
In light of his conservative, if not authoritarian, policies, Obama's once-inspiring
call for hope has been reduced to what appears to be simply an empty performance,
one that "favours the grand symbolic gesture over deep structural change every time."51
What once appeared as inspired rhetoric has largely been reduced to fodder for
late-night television comics, while for a growing army of angry voters it
has become nothing more than a cheap marketing campaign and disingenuous
diversion in support of moneyed interests and power. Obama's rhetoric of hope is
largely contradicted by policies that continue to reproduce a world of egotistic
self-referentiality, an insensitivity to human suffering, massive investments in
military power, and an embrace of those market-driven values that produce enormous
inequalities in wealth, income, and security. There is more at stake here than a
politics of misrepresentation and bad faith. There is an invisible register of politics that
goes far beyond the contradiction between Obama's discourse and his right-wing
policies. What we must take seriously in Obama's policies is the absence of anything
that might suggest a fundamental power shift away from casino capitalism to policies
that would develop the conditions "that make it possible for ordinary people
to better their lives by becoming political beings and by making power responsive
to their hopes and needs."52 In Obama's world, cutthroat competition is still the
name of the game, and individual choice is still simply about a hunt for bargains.
Lost here is any notion of political and social responsibility for the welfare, autonomy,
and dignity of all human beings but especially those who are marginalized
because they lack food, shelter,jobs, and other crucial basic needs. But then again,
this is not Obama's world; it is a political order and mode of economic sovereignty
that has been in the making for quite some time and now shapes practically every
aspect of culture, politics, and civic life. In doing so it has largely destroyed any
vestige of real democracy in the United States.
I am not suggesting that in light of Obama's continuation of some of the
deeply structured authoritarian tendencies in American society that people should
turn away from the language of hope, but I am saying that they should avoid a notion
of hope that is as empty as it is disingenuous. What is needed is a language of
critique and hope that mutually inform each other, and engagement in a discourse of
hope that is concretely rooted in real struggles and capable of inspiring a new
political language and collective vision among a highly conservative and fractured
polity. Maybe it is time to shift the critique of Obama away from an exclusive focus
on the policies and practices of his administration and develop a new language, one
with a longer historical purview and deeper understanding of the ominous forces
that now threaten any credible notion of the United States as an aspiring democracy.
As Stuart Hall insists, we "need to change the scale of magnification" in order to make
visible the anti-democratic relations often buried beneath the hidden order of politics
that have taken hold in the United States in the last few decades.53
It may be time to shift the discourse away from focusing on either Obama's failures
or progressives and others to develop "the organizational power to make muscular
demands"54 on the Obama administration. Maybe the time has come to
focus on the ongoing repressive and systemic conditions, institutions, ideologies, and
values that have been developing in American society for the last thirty years,
forces that are giving rise to a unique form of American authoritarianism. I agree
with Sheldon Wolin that the "fixation upon" Obama now "obscures the problems"
we are facing.55 Maybe it is time to imagine what democracy would look like out
side of what we have come to call capitalism, not simply neoliberalism at its most
extreme manifestation. Maybe it is time to fight for the formative culture and
modes of thought and agency that are the very foundations of democracy. And
maybe it is time to mobilize a militant, far-reaching social movement to challenge
the false claims that equate democracy and capitalism.
If it is true that a new form of authoritarianism is developing in the United
States, undercutting any vestige of a democratic society, then it is equally true
that there is nothing inevitable about this growing threat. The long and tightening grip
of authoritarianism in American political culture can be resisted and transformed.
This dystopic fixture will not happen if intellectuals, workers, young people, and
diverse social movements unite to create the public spaces and unsettling formative
educational cultures necessary for reimagining the meaning of radical democracy.
In part, this is a pedagogical project, one that recognizes consciousness, agency, and
education as central to any viable notion of politics. lt is also a project designed to
address, critique, and make visible the commonsense ideologies that enable neoliberal
capitalism and other elements of an emergent authoritarianism to function
alongside a kind of moral coma and political amnesia at the level of everyday life.
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?, v
But such a project will not take place if the American public cannot recognize how
the mechanisms of authoritarianism have had an impact on their lives, restructured
negatively the notion of freedom, and corrupted power by placing it largely in the
hands of ruling elites, corporations, and different segments of the military and
national security state. Such a project must work to develop vigorous social spheres
and communities that promote a culture of deliberation, public debate, and critical
exchange across a wide variety of cultural and institutional sites in an effort to
generate democratic movements for social change. Central to such a project is the
attempt to foster a new radical imagination as part of a wider political project to
create the conditions for a broad-based social movement that can move beyond the
legacy of a fractured lefd progressive culture and politics in order to address the totality
of the society's problems. This suggests fmding a common ground in which challenging
diverse forms of oppression, exploitation, and exclusion can become part of
a broader challenge to create a radical democracy. We need to develop an educated and
informed public-one that embraces a culture of questioning and puts into
question society's commanding institutions. Such a citizenry is crucial to the development
of a critical formative culture organized around a project of autonomy and
mode of politics in which, as Cornelius Castoriadis insists, broader concerns with
power and justice are connected to the need "to create citizens who are critical
thinkers capable of putting existing institutions into question so that democracy
again becomes society's movement.. .that is to say, a new type of regime in the full
sense of the term."56 We live in a time that demands a discourse of both critique
and possibility, one that recognizes that without an informed citizenry, collective
struggle, and viable social movements, democracy will slip out of our reach and we
will arrive at a new stage of history marked by the birth of an authoritarianism that
not only disdains all vestiges of democracy but is more than willing to relegate it
to a distant memory.
CONCLUSION
Dangerous
Authoritarianism or
Shrinking
Democracy?, vi
This book was published just as the Obama administration finished its second year
in office. Initially, hopes were high among large segments of the American public.
The long dark years of war, repression, secrecy, and corruption were rejected by
popular vote, and a brighter day seemed on the horizon, or so it seemed. Obama spoke
a political language that embodied hope, and his earnest embrace of the American
dream appeared to represent the possibility of a more just future. Under Bush, the
United States had come as close to authoritarianism as was possible without
giving up all vestiges of democratic aspirations. The Bush/Cheney regime was the
apotheosis of a new kind of politics in American life, one in which the arrogance
of power and wealth transformed a limited social state into a mode of sovereignty
that not only worked in the interests of rich and powerful corporations but also
increasingly viewed more and more individuals and groups as disposable and
expendable. As politics came to occupy the center of life itself, the welfare state was
transformed into a corporate and punishing state. Problems were no longer viewed
as in need of social and political remedies. Instead, they were criminalized, reduced
to matters of law and order-when law and order weren't suspended altogether. The
defense of the common good, public values, and social protections moved from the
center of political culture to the margins-reduced to an inconvenience, if not a
threat to those who occupied the privileged precincts of power. In the midst of a
militarized culture of fear, insecurity and market-driven values, economics drove
politics to its death-dealing limit, as crucial considerations of justice, ethics, and
compassion were largely expunged from our political vocabulary, except as objects of
disdain or a weak-kneed liberal nostalgic yearning. It seemed as ifthe living dead
now ruled every commanding aspect of the culture, extending from the media to
popular expression itself.
Tragically, little has changed since Barack Obama took office. The politics of
corruption, death, and despair appear to define the Obama administration as much
as they did the relentless eight years of the Bush regime. This book is an attempt
to develop a new form of political critique forged out of what may seem an extreme
metaphor, the zombie or hyper-dead. Yet the metaphor is particularly apt for
drawing attention to the ways in which political culture and power in American society
now working the interests of bare survival, if not disposability, for the vast majority
of people-a kind of war machine and biopolitics committed to the creation of
death-worlds, a new and unique form of social existence in which large segments
of the population live under a state of siege, reduced to a form of social death. The
zombie metaphor does more than Suggest the symbolic face of power, it points
dramatically to a kind of "mad agency that is power in a new form, death-in-life"57
agency without conscience and bereft of social democratic imagination or hope. This
is what Achille Mbembe calls necropolitics in which "death is the mediator of the
present-the only form of agency left."58 What is new about this type of politics
is that it is not hidden, lurking in the shadows but appears daily and unremarkably
in memos, reports, and policies justifying illegal legalities such as the use of state
secrets, indefinite detention without charge, the massive incarceration of people of
color, hidden prisons, a world of night raids, the bailout of corrupt corporations that
led to the direct destitution of millions, and the full-fledged attack on a weakened
oppositional culture of thoughtfulness and critique, itself all but left for dead. The
figure of the zombie utilizes the iconography of the living dead to signal a society
that appears to have stopped questioning itself, that revels in its collusion with
human suffering, and is awash in a culture of unbridled materialism and narcissism.
Though not of his making, this is now Obama's challenge; and yet the politics of
death and suffering continue unabated both in the United States and in America's
imperial adventures abroad.
This book is an attempt to understand critically both the political and
pedagogical conditions that have produced this culture of sadism and death, attempting
to mark and chart its visible registers, including the emergence of right-wing
teaching machines, a growing politics of disposability, the emergence of a culture
of cruelty, the ongoing war being waged on young people, and especially on youth
of color. The book begins and ends with an analysis of authoritarianism and the ways
it reworks itself; mutates, and attacks parasitically the desiccated shell of democracy,
sucking out its life-blood. The focus on authoritarianism serves as both a warning
as well as a call to critical engagement in the interest of hope-not as a political
rhetoric emptied of context and commitment but one that seeks to resuscitate a
democratic imaginary and energized social movements that is the one antidote to
the zombification of politics.
In the first section of the book, elements of the new authoritarianism are analyzed
as a death-dealing politics that works its way through a culture of deceit, fear,
humiliation, torture, and market-driven desire for their ever-more "extreme" expressions.
Next it focuses on challenging the rise of a politics of illiteracy and the ongoing
destruction of democratic public spheres, stressing how the values of casino
capitalism are mobilized through the emergence of market-driven commercial
spheres and public institutions such as schools. The third section of the book focuses
on the figure of youth as a register of the crisis of public values, signaling the
impending crisis of a democratic future. The merging of zombie politics and the
increasing scale of suffering and hardship that young people have to endure in the
United States points to the serious political and ethical consequences of a society
mobilized and controlled by casino capitalism-a capitalism that in its arrogance
and greed takes the side of death and destruction rather than siding with democracy
and public life. The figure of the zombie signifies not just a crisis of consciousness
but a new type of political power and "mad agency," visible in the rituals of
economic Darwinism that rule not just reality TV but everyday life. But such a politics
is far from undefeatable, and surely it is not without the continued presence and
possibility of individual and collective resistance. My hope is that this book will break
through a diseased common sense that often masks zombie politicians, anti-public
intellectuals, politics, institutions, and social relations and bring into focus the
need for a new language, pedagogy, and politics in which the living dead will be
moved decisively to the margins rather than occupying the very center of politics and
everyday life.
Notes
Hannah Arendt, Between Past and Future (1968; New York: Penguin Books, 1993), p. 196.
I have taken this term from Stephen Jones, ed., The Dead That Walk (Berkeley, CA: Ulysses Press, 2010).
Editorial, "Wall Street Casino," The New York Times (April 28, 2010), p. A24,
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/04/28/opinion/28wed1.html.
Some of the ideas frome from Richard Green and K. Silem Mohammad, eds., Zombies, Vampires and
Philosophy: New Life for the Undead (Chicago: Open Court, 2010).
Arun Gupta, "Party of No: How Republicans and the Right Have Tried to Thwart All Social
Progress," Truthoutorg (May 21, 2010), www.alternet.org/news/146965.
Jonathan Cooper, "We're All Arizonians Now," Hujington Post (May 15, 2010),
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2010/OS/15/sarah-palin-were-all-ariz_n_S77671.html.
See the excellent commentary on this issue by Frank Rich, "The Rage ls Not
About Health Care," The New York Times (March 28, 2010), p. WK10. See also Justine
Sharrock, "The Oath Keepers: The Militant and Armed Side of the Tea Party Movement,"
AlterNet (March 6, 2010), http://www.alternet.org/story/14S769; and Mark Potok,
"Rage on the Right: The Year in Hate and Extremism," Southern Poverty Law Center
Intelligence Report 137 (Spring 2010),
http://www.splcenter.org/get-informed/intelligence-report/browse-all-issues/2010/spring/rage
on-the-right.
Paul Krugman, "Going to Extreme," The New York Times (May 16, 2010), p. A23.
James Traub, "The Way We Live Now: Weimar Whiners," The New York Times Magazine
(June 1, 2003), http://www.nytimes.com/2003/06/01/magafine/the-way-we-live-now-6-01-03
weimar-whiners.html?scp=2&sq=%E2%80%9CWeimar%20Whiners,%E2%80%9D&.st=cse.
For a commentary on such intellectuals, see Tony Judt, "Bush's Useful Idiots," The London
Review of Book.?? 28:18 (September 21, 2006), http://www.lrb.co.uk/V28/n18/tony-judt/bushs
useful-idiots.
Cited in Carol Becker, "The Art of Testimony" Sculpture (March 1997), p. 28.
This case for an American version of authoritarianism was updated and made more visible in
a number of interesting books and articles. See, for instance, Chris Hedges, American Fascistsz
The Christian Right and the War on America (New York: Free Press, 2006); Henry A. Giroux,
Against the Terror of Neoliberalism. Politics Beyond the Age of Greed (Boulder, CO: Paradigm
Publishers, 2008); and Sheldon S. Wolin, 'Democracy Incorporated' Managed Democracy and the
Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2008).
Cited in Paul Bigioni, "Fascism Then, Fascism Now," Toronto Star (November 27, 2005),
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11155.htm.
See Bertram Gross, Friendly Fascism: The New Face of Power in America (Montreal: Black Rose
Books, 1985).
Robert O. Paxton, The Anatomy of Fascism (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2004), p. 202.
Umberto Eco, "Eternal Fascism: Fourteen Ways of Looking at a Blackshirt," New York Review
(November-December 1995), p. 15.
Sheldon Wolin, Democracy Incorporated
Along similar theoretical lines, see Stephen Lendman, "A Look Back and Ahead: Police State
in America," CounterPunch (December 17, 2007), http://wvvw.counterpunch.org/led
man12172007.html. For an excellent analysis that points to the creeping power of the national
security state on American universities, see David Price, "Silent Coup: How the CIA Is
Welcoming Itself Back onto American University Campuses," CounterPunch 17:3 (January
13-31, 2010), pp. 1-5.
David Harvey; "Organizing for the Anti-Capitalist Transition," Monthly Review (December 15,
2009), http://davidharvey.org/2009/12/organizing-for-the-anti-capitalist-transition/
Chris Hedges, "Democracy in America Is a Useful Fiction," TruthDig (January 24, 2010),
http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/democracy_in_america_is_a_useful
fiction_20100124/Pln
See Janine R. Wedel, Shadow Elite: How the World if New Power Broken Undermine Democracy,
Gofvernment, and the Free Market (New York: Basic Books, 2010).
Zygmunt Bauman, Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty (London: Polity Press, 2007),
pp. 57-58.
Ibid., p. 64.
Bigioni, "Fascism Then, Fascism Now."
Comelius Castoriadis, "The Nature and Value of Equity," Philosophy, Politics, Autonomy:Erray.f
in Political Philosophy (New York: Oxford University Press, 1991), pp. 124-142.
Thomas L. Friedman, "A Manifesto for the Fast World," The New York Times Magazine (March
28, 1999), http://www.nytimes.com/1999/03/28/magazine/a-manifesto-forthe-fast-world.
html?scp=1.sq=A%20Manifesto%20for%20the%20Fast%20World8cst=cse.
Leo Lowenthal, "Atomization of Man," Fake Prophets: Studies in Authoritarianism (New
Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1987), pp. 182-183.
Tony Judt, III Fare: the Land (New York: Penguin Press, 2010), pp. 2-3.
I have taken up this issue in my Youth in a Suspect Society: Democmcy or Dirpo.reality? (New York:
Palgrave, 2009). For a series of brilliant commentaries on youth in America, see the work of Tolu
Olomnda in The Black Commentator, Truthout, and other online journals.
Evelyn Pringle, "Why Are We Drugging Our Kids?," Truthout (December 14, 2009),
http://www.alternet.org/story/14-4538.
Ibid.
See Nicholas Confessore, "New York Finds Extreme Crisis in Youth Prisons," The New York
Times (December 14, 2009), p. A1; Duff Wilson, "Poor Children Likelier to Get
Antipsychotics," The New York Times (December 12, 2009), p. A1; and Amy Goodman, "jailing
Kids for Cash," Truthout (February 17, 2009), http://wvvw.truthout.org/021909].
Jake Tapper, "Political Punch: Power, Pop, and Probings from ABC News Senior White House
Correspondent-Duncan: Katrina Was the 'Best Thing' for New Orleans School System,"/1BC
News.com (January 29, 2010), http://blogs.abcnews.com/politicalpunch/2010/01/duncan-kat
rina-was-the-best-thing-for-new-orleans-schools.html.
Nathaniel Caryg "GOP Hopeful: People on Public Assistance 'Like Stray Animals," Truthout
(January 23, 2010), http://www.truthout.org/gop-hopeful-people-public-assistance-like-stray
anima1s56335.
Cited in Frank Rich, "The State of Union Is Comatose," The New York Times (January 31, 2010),
p. WK10.
See, for example, Patrick Buchanan, "Traditional Americans Are Losing Their Nation,
WorldNetDaily (January 24, 2010), http://www.wnd.com/index.php?pageId=113463.
Frank Rich, "The Rage ls Not About Health Care," The New York Times
(March 28, 2010), p. WK10.
Chris Hedges, "Is America 'Yearning for Fascism'?," TruthDig (March 29,
2010), http://www.truthdig.com/report/items_america_yearning_for_fascism
_20100329/.
Rich, "The State of the Union Is Comatose," p. WK10.
Heather Maher, "Majority of Americans Think Torture is Sometimes Justified," Common Dream.:
(December 4, 2009), http://www.commondreams.org/headline/2009/12/04-0.
See, for example, Kevin Passmore, Fascism (London: Oxford University Press, 2002); and
Robert O. Paxton, The Anatomy of Fascism (New York: Knopf, 2004).
Alexander Stille, "The Latest Obscenity Has Seven Letters," The New York Time: (September 13,
2003), p. 19.
For an excellent analysis of the current status of the Patriot Act, see William Fisher, "Patriot
Act-Eight Years Later," Truthout (February 3, 2010), http://www.truthout.org/patriot-act
eight-years-later56600.
Glenn Greenwald has taken up many of these issues in a critical and thoughtful fashion. See
his blog at Salon: http://www.salon.com/news/opinion/glenn_greenwald/.
Noam Chomsky; "Anti-Democratic Nature of US Capitalism Is Being Exposed," The Irish Time:
(October 10, 2008), www.commondreams.org/view/2008/10/10-4.
Roger D. Hodge, "The Mendacity of Hope," Harper? Magazine (February 2010), pp. 7-8.
Chris Hedges, "Democracy in America Is a Useful Fiction," TruthDig (January 24, 2010),
http://www.truthdig.oom/report/item/democracy_in_america_is_a
useful_fiction_20100124/Pln
Naomi Klein, "How Corporate Branding Has Taken over America," The Guardian/UK (January
16, 2010), http://www.guardian.co.uk/books/2010/jan/16/naomi-klein-branding-obama-america.
Wolin, Democracy Incorporated, p. 259.
Stuart Hall and Les Back, "In Conversation: At Home and Not at Home," Cultural Studies 23:4
(July 2009), pp. 664-665.
Klein, "How Corporate Branding."
Wolin, "Democracy Incorporated," p. 287.
Cornelius Castoriadis, "Democracy as Procedure and Democracy as Regime," Constellations 4:1
(1997), p. 4.
This quote comes from my colleague David L. Clark in a personal email correspondence.
Achille Mbembe, "Necropolitics," Public Culture 15:1 (2003), p. 39.
Zombie Politics and the
Culture of
Cruelty
Monsters of disaster are special kinds of divine warning. They are harbingers of things we
do not want to face, of catastrophes, and we fear they will bring such events upon us by
coming to us.1
Jane Anna GORDON AND Lewis R. GORDON.
At present Americans are fascinated by a particular kind of monstrosity, by
vampires and zombies condemned to live an eternity by feeding off the souls
of the living. The preoccupation with such parasitic relations speaks uncannily to
the threat most Americans perceive from the shameless blood lust of contemporary
captains of industry, which Matt Taibbi, a writer for Rolling Stone, has aptly
described as "a great vampire squid wrapped around the face of humanity,
relentlessly jamming its blood funnel into anything that smells like money."2
Media culture, as the enormous popularity of the Twilight franchise and HBO's
True Blood reveals, is nonetheless enchanted by this seductive force of such
omnipotent beings. More frightening, however, than the danger posed by these
creatures is the coming revolution enacted by the hordes of the unthinking,
caught in the spell of voodoo economics and compelled to acts of obscene violence
and mayhem. They are the living dead, or what I have labeled in the introduction
as the hyper-dead, whose contagion threatens the very life force of the nation.
Only a decade or so ago, citizens feared the wrath of robots-terminators and
cyborgs who wanted to destroy us-the legacy of a highly rationalized, technocratic
culture that eludes human regulation, even comprehension. That moment has
passed, and we are now in the 2.0 phase of that same society where instrumental
rationality and technocracy threaten the planet as never before. But now, those who
are not part of a technocratic elite appear helpless and adrift, trapped in the grip of
a society that denies them any altemative sense of politics or hope. Caught in a society
increasingly marked by massive inequality and the divide between the privileged
spaces of gated communities and the dead space of "broken highways, bankrupt
cities, collapsing bridges, failed schools, the unemployed, the underpaid and the
uninsured,"3 the armies of disposable populations are condemned to roam the
shattered American landscape with a blind and often unthinking rage.
Zombies are invading al.most every aspect of our daily lives. Not only are the
flesh-chomping, blood-lusting, pale-faced creatures with mouths full of black goo
appearing in movie theaters, television series, and everywhere in screen culture as
shock advertisements, but these flesh-eating zombies have become an apt metaphor
for the current state of American politics. Not only do zombies portend a new aesthetic
in which hyper-violence is embodied in the fonn ofa carnival of snarling creatures
engorging elements of human anatomy, but they also portend the arrival of a
revolting politics that has a ravenous appetite for spreading destruction and promoting
human suffering and hardship.4 This is a politics in which cadres of the unthinking
and living dead promote civic catastrophes and harbor apocalyptic visions,
focusing more on death than life. Death-dealing zombie politicians and their
acolytes support modes of corporate and militarized governance through which
entire populations now become redundant, disposable, or criminalized. This is
especially true for poor minority youth, who as flawed consumers and unwanted
workers, are oH°ered the narrow choice of joining the military, going to prison, or
are simply being exiled into various dead zones in which they become socially
embedded and invisible.5 Zombie values find expression in an aesthetic that is
aired daily in the mainstream media, a visual landscape filled with the spectacle of
destruction and decay wrought by human parasites in the form of abandoned houses,
cars, gutted cities and trashed businesses. There are no zombie-free spaces in this
version of politics. Paralyzed by fear, American society has become the site of a series
of planned precision attacks on constitutional rights, dissent, and justice itself
Torture, kidnappings, secret prisons, preventive detention, illegal domestic spying,
and the dissolution of habeas corpus have become the protocol of a newly fashioned
dystopian mode of governance. Zombie politics reveals much about the gory social
and political undercurrent of American society.
This is a politics in which the undead-or, more aptly, the living dead-rule
and rail against any institution, set of values, and social relations that embrace the
common good or exhibit compassion for the suffering of others. Zombie politics
supports megacorporations that cannibalize the economy, feeding off taxpayer dollars
while undercutting much-needed spending for social services. The vampires of
Wall Street reach above and beyond the trajectories of traditional politics,
exercising an influence that has no national or civic allegiance, displaying an
arrogance that is as unchecked as its power is unregulated. As Maureen Dowd has
pointed out, one particularly glaring example of such arrogance can be found in
Lloyd Blankfein's response to a reporter's question when he asked the chief of Goldman
Sachs if "it is possible to make too much money."6 Blankfein responded by insisting,
without irony, that he-and I presume his fellow Wall Street vampires-were "doing God's
work,"7 a response truly worthy of one of the high priests of voodoo economics who
feels no remorse and offers no apology for promoting a global financial crisis while
justifying a bloated and money-obsessed culture of greed and exploitation that has
caused enormous pain, suffering, and hardship for millions of people. Unfortunately,
victim to their own voodoo economics, the undead-along with their financial
institutions, which were once barely breathing, keep coming back, even when it appears
that the zombie banks and investment houses have failed one last time, with no hope
of once again wreaking their destruction upon society.
Zombie Politics and the
Culture of
Cruelty, ii
Zombie ideologies proliferate like the breathing, blood-lusting corpses in the
classic Night of tbe Living Dead. They spew out toxic gore that supports the
market as the organizing template for all institutional and social relations, mindlessly
compelled, it seems, to privatize everything and aim invective at the idea of big
government but never at the notion of the bloated corporate and militarized state.
Zombie culture hates big government, a euphemism for the social state, but loves
big corporations and is infatuated with the ideology that, in zombieland,
unregulated banks, insurance companies, and other megacorporations should make major
decisions not only about governing society but also about who is privileged and who
is disposable, who should live and who should die. Zombie politics rejects the
welfare state for a hybridized corporate and punishing state. just as it views any
vestige of a social safety net as a sign of weakness, if not pathology, its central
message seems to be that we are all responsible for ourselves and that the war of
all against all is at the core of the apocalyptic vision that makes zombie politics
both appealing as a spectacle and convincing as a politics. Zombie violence and
policies are everywhere, backed by an army of zombie economic advisors, lobbyists,
and legislators, all of whom seem to revel in spreading the culture of the undead
while feasting on the spread of war, human suffering, violence, and catastrophe
across the United States and the larger globe.
Evidence of the long legacy of zombie politics and its death-dealing policies is
on full display as we move into the mid-stages of the Obama administration. Even
progressive zombie books such as Max Brooks's World War Z have a hard time
keeping up with the wrath of destruction overtaking American society, especially
as the mutually determining forces of economic inequality, corporate power, and a
growing punishing corporate state become the defining features of zombie politics
at the beginning of the new millennium. It is a millennium, in this case, marked by
a burgeoning landscape filled with the wreckage of those populations now considered
excess, especially with regard to children, who are increasingly treated as one of the
most disposable populations. For instance, the Obama administration now labors
under the burden of death-dealing institutions and advisors, along with a predatory
market-driven economics that continues to produce an economic recession in
which over 13 million children live in poverty, 17 percent of poor children lack
insurance, nearly half of all children and 90 percent of black youth will be on
food stamps at some point in their youth, 45,000 people die every year because of a
lack of health insurance, 3.6 million elderly live in poverty, and more than 16
million people are unemployed. The violence of zombie politics is also evident in
the fact that more and more working- and middle-class youth and poor youth of color
find themselves confronted with either vastly diminishing opportunities or are fed
into an ever expanding system of disciplinary control that dehumanizes, medicalizes,
and criminalizes their behavior in multiple sites, extending fiom the home and school
to the criminal justice system-not, of course, devoured in order to be "integrated"
or "incorporated" into the system but rather ingested and vomited up, thus securing
the permanence of their exclusion.
With the cruelest of ironies, zombie politics and culture invoke life as they
promote death and human suffering. For example, zombie politicians who oppose the
welfare state, health care reform, investing in a quality education for all children,
rebuilding the nation's crumbling infrastructure, and creating a federally funded jobs
program for young people and the unemployed often argue that they oppose such
programs because they will saddle the next generation with a massive debt. And yet,
they have no regrets about funding wars in Afghanistan and Iraq that since 2001
have cost American taxpayers over $930 billion dollars. Nor is there any remorse for
supporting under the Clinton and Bush administrations massive tax breaks for the
rich that reduced government revenue by trillions of dollars. In their embrace of
market deregulation, do they say or do anything about a food industry "that is
spending millions of dollars on slick digital marketing campaigns promoting fatty and
sugary products to teenagers and children on the Internet, on cell phones and even
inside video games-often without the knowledge of parents"?8 Nor do the zombie
politicians utter a whisper about a country that is singularly responsible for jailing
over 2,500 juvenile offenders for life without the possibility of parole or address
the shameful fact that "just over 100 people in the world [are] serving sentences of
life without the possibility of parole for crimes they committed as juveniles in
which no one was killed [and that all] are in the United States."9 Instead, zombie
politicians, blood-sucking C.E.O.s, and media pundits resort to deceit and
misrepresentation while reproducing a culture of deception and cruelty. This is the
group that-even as they invoked death panels and denied their own morbid
predilections-warned before the passing of the health care reform bill that such
legislation was largely "stealthy reparations for slavery." And one true representative
of the hyper-dead, Rep. Virginia Foxx, R-N.C, proclaimed without the slightest hint
of self-reflection that "there are no Americans who don't have health care."10 Foxx
rates high as one of the zombie politicians spewing forth the kind of blood-soaked
venom that would make even the most hardened hyper-dead cringe. She has not
only argued that health care reform poses a greater threat to the United States than
"any terrorist right now in any country" She has also, as Joshua Holland points out,
insisted that health care reform "would be just like an ax-murderer crawling into the
room of a small, defenseless child in the dark of night, only much scarier."11
One of the cardinal policies of zombie politics is to redistribute wealth upward
to produce record-high levels of inequality, just as corporate power is simultaneously
consolidated at a speed that threatens to erase the most critical gains made over
the last fifty years to curb the anti-democratic power of corporations. And yet this
uncritical celebration of market fundamentalism, with its profound disdain for the
common good, seems to revel in the human suffering caused by conditions of
endemic inequality, which as Tony ]udt rightly argues "is the pathology of the age
and the greatest threat to the health of any democracy."12 Zombie policies aimed
at hollowing out the social state are now matched by an increase in repressive
legislation to curb the unrest that might explode among those populations falling
into the despair and suffering unleashed by a "savage, fanatical capitalism" that
constitutes a war against the public good, the welfare state, and "social citizenship."13
Zombie Politics and the
Culture of
Cruelty, iii
Deregulation, privatization, commodification, corporate mergers, and asset
stripping go hand in hand with the curbing of civil liberties, the increasing
criminalization of social problems, and the fashioning of the prison as the
preeminent space of racial containment. (One in nine black males between the
ages of 20 and 34 is incarcerated.14) The alleged morality of market freedom
is now secured through the ongoing irnmorality of a militarized state that
embraces torture, war, and violence as legitimate functions of political
sovereignty and the ordering of daily life. As corporations increase their
profits and power, the rich get richer, and the reach of the punishing state
extends itself further, those forces and public spheres that once provided a
modicum of protection for workers, the poor, sick, aged, and young are undermined,
leaving large numbers of people impoverished and with little hope for the future.
David Harvey refers to this primary feature of zombie politics as "accumulation
by dispossession,"15 which encompasses the privatization and commodification
of public assets, deregulation of the financial sector, and the use of the state to
direct the flow of wealth upward through, among other practices, tax policies that
favor the rich and cut back the social wage. As Harvey points out, "All of these
processes amount to the transfer of assets from the public and popular realms to
the private and class privileged domains"16 and to the overwhelming of political
institutions by powerful corporations that keep them in check. Zygmunt Bauman goes
further and argues that not only do zombie politics and predatory capitalism draw
their life blood from the relentless process of asset stripping, but they also produce
"the acute crisis of the 'human waste' disposal industry, as each new outpost
conquered by capitalist markets adds new thousands or millions to the mass of men and
women already deprived of their lands, workshops, and communal safety nets."17
The upshot of such policies is that larger segments of the population are now
struggling under the burden of massive debt, bankruptcy, unemployment, lack of
adequate health care, and a brooding sense of hopelessness. Once again, what is
unique about this type of zombie politics is not merely the anti-democratic notion
that the market should be the guide for all human actions but also the sheer hatred
for any form of sovereignty in which the government could promote the general
welfare. Zombie politics and the devaluation of the public good go hand in hand.
As Thom Hartmann points out, zombie politics has given way to punishment
as one of the central features of goveming. He describes the policies that flow from
such politics as follows: "Government should punish, they agree, but it should
never nurture, protect, or defend individuals. Nurturing and protecting, they
suggest, is the more appropriate role of religious institutions, private charities,
families, and-perhaps most important-corporations. Let the corporations handle your
oldage pension. Let the corporations decide how much protection we and our
environment need from their toxins. Let the corporations decide what we're paid. Let the
corporations decide what doctor we can see, when, and for what purpose."18 But
zombie politics and the punishing state do more than substitute charity and private
aid for government-backed social provisions while they criminalize a range of
existing social problems. They also cultivate a culture of fear and suspicion toward
all those otherwimmigrants, refugees, Muslims, youth, minorities of class and color,
the unemployed, the disabled, and the elderly-who, in the absence of dense social
networks and social supports, fall prey to unprecedented levels of displaced
resentment from the media, public scorn for their vulnerability, and increased
criminalization because social protections are considered too costly, thus rendering
these groups both dangerous and unfit for integration into American society. Loic
Wacquant argues that the rise of the punishing state correlates with the crisis of the
welfare state and that welfare agencies and penal policies now work together in
offering "relief not to the poor but from the poor, by forcibly 'disappearing'
the most disruptive of them, from the shrinking welfare rolls on the one hand and
into the swelling dungeons of the carceral castle on the other."19 Prisons in this
view have now become a primary constituent of the neoliberal state. Coupled with this
rewriting of the obligations of sovereign-state power and the transfer of sovereignty
to the market is a widely endorsed assumption that regardless of the suffering, misery,
and problems visited on human beings by these arrangements, they are not only
responsible for their fate but reliant ultimately on themselves for survival. There
is more at stake here than the vengeful return of an older colonial fantasy that
regarded the natives as less than human or the now-ubiquitous figure of the
disposable worker as a prototypical by-product of the casino capitalist order-though
the histories of racist and class-based exclusion inform the withdrawal of moral and
ethical concerns from these populations.20 What we are currently witnessing in this
form of zombie politics and predatory capitalism is the unleashing of a powerfully
regressive symbolic and corporeal violence against all those individuals and groups
who have been "othered" because their very presence undermines the engines of wealth
and inequality that drive the neoliberal dreams of consumption, power, and profitability
for the very few. While the state still has the power of the law to reduce individuals
to impoverishment and to strip them of civil rights, due process, and civil liberties,
zombie politics increasingly wields its own form of sovereignty through the invisible
hand of the market, which has the power to produce new configurations of control,
regulate social health, and alter human life in unforeseen and profound ways. Zygmunt
Bauman's analysis of how market sovereignty differs from traditional modes of state
sovereignty is worth citing in full.
This strange sovereign [the market] has neither legislative nor executive agencies, not
to mention courts of law-which are rightly viewed as the indispensable paraphernalia of the
bonafide sovereigns explored and described in political science textbooks. ln consequence,
the market is, so to speak, more sovereign than the much advertised and eagerly self-advertising
political sovereigns, since in addition to returning the verdicts of exclusion, the market
allows for no appeals procedure. Its sentences are as firm and irrevocable as they are informal,
tacit, and seldom if ever spelled out in writing. Exemption by the organs of a sovereign state
can be objected to and protested against, and so stands a chance of being annulled-but not
eviction by the sovereign market, because no presiding judge is named here, no receptionist
is in sight to accept appeal papers, while no address has been given to which they could be
mailed.21
Zombie Politics and the
Culture of
Cruelty, iv
Traditional modes of liberal politics recognized democracy's dependency on the
people it governed and to whom it remained accountable. But no one today votes
for which corporations have the right to dominate the media and filter the
information made available to the public; there is no electoral process that
determines how private companies grant or deny people access to adequate health
care and other social services. The reign of the market shapes conditions of life
and death in a zombie economy. It is not restricted to a limited term of appointment,
despite the market's unprecedented sovereignty over the lives of citizens in democratic
countries-sovereignty essentially defined as the "power and capacity to dictate who
may live and who may die."22 This shift to market sovereignty, values, and powerpoints
to the importance of zombie politics as an attempt to think through not only how
politics uses power to mediate the convergence of life and death, but also how
sovereign power proliferates those conditions in which individuals marginalized by
race, class, and gender configurations are "stripped of political significance and
exposed to murderous violence."23
Under such circumstances, it is more crucial than ever to develop a politics of
resistance that echoes Theodor Adomo's argument that "the undiminished presence
of suffering, fear, and menace necessitates that the thought that cannot be realized
should not be discarded ???.. [that individuals and citizens] must come to know, with
out any mitigation, why the world-which could be paradise here and now-can
become hell itselftomorrow."24 If Adomo is right, and I think he is, the task ahead
is to fashion a more critical and redemptive notion of politics, one that takes
seriously the emergence of a form of social death that is becoming the nonn rather
than the exception for many Americans and at the same time refuses to accept, even
in its damaged forms, an apocalyptic zombie politics and its accompanying culture
of fear, its endless spectacles of violence that promote airtight forms of domination.
We need new political and educational narratives about what is possible in terms
of producing a different filture, especially for young people, what it means to
promote new modes of social responsibility, and what it takes to create sites and
strategies in which resistance to zombie politics becomes possible. Starting with how we
might fight for real economic, institutional, and structural reforms in the interest
of children is not without merit for envisioning the broader reforms necessary in an
aspiring democracy.
At the very least, this suggests fighting for a child welfare system that would
reduce "family poverty by increasing the minimum wage," institute "a guaranteed
income, provide high-quality subsidized child care, preschool education, and paid
parental leaves for all families."25 Young people need a federally fimded jobs
creation program and wage subsidy that would provide year-round employment for
out-of-school youth and summer jobs that target in-school, low-income youth.
Public and higher education, increasingly defined by corporate and military
agendas, must be reclaimed as democratic public spheres that educate young people
about how to govern rather than merely be governed. Incarceration should be the last
resort, not the first recourse for dealing with our children. We need to get the police
out of public schools, greatly reduce spending for prisons, and hire more teachers,
support staff; and community people in order to eliminate the school-to-prison
pipeline. In order to make life livable for young people and others, basic supports
must be put in place, such as a system of national health insurance that covers every
body, along with affordable housing. At the very least, we need guaranteed health
care for young people, and we need to lower the age of eligibility for Medicare to
S5 in order to keep poor families from going bankrupt. And, of course, none of this
will take place unless the institutions, power relations, and values that legitimate and
reproduce current levels of inequality, power, and human suffering are dismantled.
The widening gap between the rich and the poor has to be addressed if young people are
to have a viable future. Ensuring this future for our children will require pervasive
structural reforms that constitute a real shift in both power and politics away from
a market-driven system that views too many young people and other vulnerable populations
as disposable. Against a zombie politics and a predatory capitalism, we need to reimagine
what liberty, equality, and freedom might mean as truly democratic values and practices.
Notes
Jane Anna Gordon and Lewis R. Gordon, Of Divine Warning: Reading Disaster in the Modern
Age (Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers, 2009), p. 10.
Matt Taibbi, "The Great American Bubble Machine," Rolling Stone (July 13,
2009), http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/story/29127316/the_great_american_
bubble_machine.
Tony Judt, Ill Fares the Land (New York: Penguin Press, 2010), p. 12.
The relationship between zombies and the politics of culture has been
explored in David Sirota, "Zombie Zeitgeist: Why Undead Corpses Are
Dominating at the Box Office," AlterNet (October 8, 2009),
https://www.motherjones.com/media/2009/10/zombie-zeitgeist-why-undead-
corpses-are-dominating-box-office/. See also, Stephen Jones, ed., The
Dead That Walk (Berkeley, CA: Ulysses Press, 2010).
On this issue, sec Christopher Robbins, Expelling Hope: The Assault on Youth
and the Militarization of Schooling (Albany: SUNY Press, 2008) and Ken
Saltman, The Edison School' Corporate Schooling and the Assault on Public
Education (New York: Routledge, 2005). Also see my Youth ina Suspect
Society: Democracy or Disposahility? (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009).
Cited in Maureen Dowd, "Virtuous Bankers? Really!?!," The New York Times
(November 11, 2009), p. A27.
Ibid.
Dan Harris, Suzanne Yeo, Christine Brouwer, and joel Siegel, "Marketing Has
Eye on Kids' Tastes for Food, 'Net,'" ABC News (November 1, 2009),
http://abcnews.go.com/WN/w_ParentingResource/vigilant-parents-
unaware-marketingtechniques-draw-teenskids/story?id»~896925S.
Adam Liptak, "Justices Weigh Life in Prison for Youths Who Never Killed,"
The New York Times (November 8, 2009), p. Al. For an excellent analysis of
this issue that focuses on one particularly tragic case, see Tolu Olorunda,
"Sarah Kruzan: 16-Year-Old Sentenced to Life for Killing Pimp," The Dain:
Wice (October 26, 2009), http://thedailyvoice.com/voice/2009/10/sarah-
k.ruzan-16yearold-sentenc-002362.php.
Joshua Holland, "10 of the Nuttiest Statements Elected Officials Have Made in
the Health Care Battle," AlterNet (November 7, 2009),
http://www.alternet.org/politics/143790/10__of_the_nutties_
statements_elected_officials_have_ made_in_the_hea1th_care_battle/.
Ibid.
Tony Judt, Ill Fares the Land (New York: Penguin Press, 2010), p. 160.
Mike Davis and Daniel Bertrand Monk, eds.,"Introduction," Evil Paradises (New York: The New
Press, 2007), p. ix.
See Associated Press, "A First: 1 in 100 Americans Jailed," MSNBC.com (February 28, 2008),
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/23392251/print/1/displaymode/1098/.
David Harvey, A Brief History of Neoliberalism (New York: Oxford University Press, 2005), p. 7.
Ibid., p. 161.
Zygmunt Bauman, Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty (London: Polity Press, 2007),
p. 28.
Thom Hartmann, "You Can't Govern if You Don't Believe in Government," CommonDreams.org
(September 6, 2005), http://www.commondreams.org/views05/0906-21.htm.
Loic Wacquant, Punishing tbe Poor: Tbe Neoliberal Government of Social Security, (Durham, NC:
Duke University Press, 2009), pp. 294-295
Some of the best work on racist exclusion can be found in David Theo Goldberg, Racist Cu/ture
(Malden, MA: Blackwell, 1993); and David Theo Goldberg, The Threat o/`Race.° Re/lecttbns on
Racial Neoliberalism (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2009).
Zygmunt Bauman, Consuming LW (London: Polity Press, 2007), p. 65.
Achille Mbembe, "Necropolitics," trans. Libby Meintjes, Public Culture 15:1 (2003), pp. 11-12.
Ewa Plonowska Ziarek, "Bare Life on Strike: Notes on the Biopolitics of Race and Gender," Soutb
Atlantic Quarterly 107:1 (Winter 2008), p. 90.
Theodor W. Adomo, Critical Models: Interventions and Critical Models, trans. Henry W. Pickford
(New York: Columbia University Press, 1998), p. 14.
Dorothy Roberts, Shattered Bonds: The Color of Child Welfare (New York: Basic Books, 2008), p.
268.
The Politics of Lying and
the Culture of
Deceit in
Reagan's America
Lies are often much more plausible, more appealing to reason, than reality, since the
liar has the great advantage of knowing beforehand what the audience wishes or expects
to hear.
In the current American political landscape, truth is not merely misrepresented
or falsified, it is overtly mocked. As is well-known, the Bush administration
repeatedly lied to the American public, furthering a legacy of government mistrust
while carrying the practice of distortion to new and almost unimaginable heights.1
Even now, within 15+ years of Bush's leaving office, it is still difficult to forget the
lies and government-sponsored deceits in which it was claimed that Saddam Hussein
had weapons of mass destruction, Iraq was making deals with Al-Qaeda, and, perhaps the
most infamous of all, the United States did not engage in torture. Unlike
many former administrations, the Bush administration was engaged in pure political
theater,2 giving new meaning to Hannah Arendt's claim that "Truthfulness has
never been counted among the political virtues, and lies have always been regarded
as justifiable tools in political dealings."3 For instance, when the govemment
wasn't lying to promote dangerous policies, it willfully produced and circulated fake
news reports in order to provide the illusion that the lies and the policies that flowed
from them were supported by selective members of the media and the larger public. The
Bush deceits and lies were almost never challenged by right-wing media
"patriots," who were too busy denouncing as un-American anyone who questioned
Bush's official stream of deception and deceit. Ironically, some of these pundits were
actually on the government payroll for spreading the intellectual equivalent of junk
food.
In such circumstances, language loses any viable sense of referentiality, while
lying, misrepresentation, and the deliberate denial of truth become acceptable practices
firmly entrenched in the Wild West of talk radio, cable television, and the dominant
media. Fact-finding, arguments bolstered by evidence, and informed analysis
have always been fragile entities, but they risk annihilation in a culture in which it
becomes difficult to distinguish between an opinion and an argument. Knowledge
is increasingly controlled by a handful of corporations and public relations firms and
is systemically cleansed of any complexity. Lying and deceit are all too often
viewed as just another acceptable tactic in what has become most visibly the pathology
of politics and a theater of cruelty dominated by a growing chorus of media hatemongers
inflaming an authoritarian populist rage laced with a not-too-subtle bigotry.4
Truth increasingly becomes the enemy of democracy because it does not support the
spectacle and the reduction of citizens either to mere dupes of power or commodities.
Ignorance is no longer a liability in a culture in which lying, deceit,
and misinformation blur the boundaries between informed judgments and the
histrionics of a shouting individual or mob. Talk radio and television talk show
screamers such as Rush Limbaugh, Michael Savage, and Glenn Beck, in particular,
seem to delight in repeating claims that have been discredited in the public arena,
demonstrating a barely disguised contempt for both the truth and any viable vestige
of journalism. These lies and deceits go beyond the classic political gambit,
beyond the Watergate-style cover up, beyond the comic "I did not have sex with that
woman." The lies and deceptions that are spewed out every day from the right-wing
teaching machines-from newspapers and radio shows to broadcast media and the
Internet-capitalize on both the mobilizing power of the spectacle, the increasing
impatience with reason, and an obsession with what Susan J. Douglas describes as
the use of "provocative sound bites over investigative reporting, misinformation over
fact."5 Lying and deception have become so commonplace in the dominant press
that such practices appear to have no moral significance and provoke few misgivings,
even when they have important political consequences.
The Politics of Lying and
the Culture of
Deceit in
Bush I's America, ii
In the age of public relations managers and talk show experts, we are witnessing
the demise of public life. At a time when education is reduced to training workers and
is stripped of any civic ideals and critical practices, it becomes unfashionable
for the public to think critically. Rather than intelligence uniting us, a collective
ignorance of politics, culture, the arts, history, and important social issues, as Mark
Slouka points out, "gives us a sense of community it confers citizenship."6 Our political passivity is underscored by a paucity of intellectual engagemcnt,just as the need for
discrete judgment and informed analysis falls prey to a culture of watching, a culture
of illusion and circus tricks. Shame over the lying and ignorance that now shape our
cultural politics has become a source of national pride-witness the pathetic
response to ]oe Wilson's outburst against President Obama. Or, for that matter, the
celebrated and populist response to Sarah Pa1in's lies about death panels, which are
seized upon not because they distort the truth and reveal the dishonesty and vileness
of political opportunism-while also unsuccessfully attempting to undermine
a viable health care bill-but because they tap into a sea of growing anger and
hyped-up ignorance and ratchet up poll ratings. Lying and deceit have become the
stuff of spectacle and are on full display in a society where gossip and celebrity culture
rule. In this instance, the consequences of lying are reduced to a matter of prurience
rather than public concern, becoming a source of private injury on the part of
a Hollywood star or producing the individual humiliation of a public figure such
as John Edwards.
The widespread acceptance of lying and deceit is not merely suggestive of a
commodified and ubiquitous corporate-driven electronic culture that displays an
utter contempt for morality and social needs: it also registers the existence of a
troubling form of infantilization and depoliticization. Lying as common sense and
deceit as politics-as-usual join the embrace of provocation in a coupling that empties
politics and agency of any substance and feeds into a corporate state and militarized
culture in which matters of judgment, thoughtfulness, morality, and compassion seem
to disappear from public view. What is the social cost of such flight
from reality, if not the death of democratic politics, critical thought, and civic
agency? When a society loses sight of the distinction between fact and fiction, truth
telling and lying, what happens is that truth, critical thought, and fact-finding as
conditions of democracy are rendered trivial and reduced to a collection of mere
platitudes, which in turn reinforces moral indifference and political impotence. Under
such circumstances, language actually becomes the mechanism for promoting political
powerlessness. Lying and deceit are no longer limited to merely substituting
falsehoods for the truth; they now performatively constitute their own truth, promoting
celebrity culture, right-wing paranoia, and modes of government and corporate power
freed from any sense of accountability.
While all governments resort to misrepresentations and lies, we appear to have
entered a brave new world in which lies, distortions, and exaggerations have become
so commonplace that when something is said by a politician, it is often meant to
suggest its opposite, and without either irony or apology As lies and deceit become
a matter of policy, language loses its grip on reality, and the resulting indeterminacy
of meaning is often used by politicians and others to embrace positions that
change from one moment to the next. Witness Dick Cheney, who once referred to
torture as "enhanced interrogation" so as to sugarcoat its brutality and then appeared
on national television in 2009 only to defend torture by arguing that if such prac
tices work, they are perfectly justified, even if they violate the law. This is the same
Cheney who, appearing on the May 31, 2005, Larry King Live show, attempted to
repudiate charges of government torture by claiming, without irony, that the
detainees "have been well treated, treated humanely and decently."This type of dis
course recalls George Orwel1's dystopian world of 1984 in which the Ministry of
Truth produces lies and the Ministry of Love tortures people. Remember when the
Bush administration used the "Healthy Forest Initiative" to give loggers access to
protected wilderness areas or the "Clear Skies Initiative" to enable greater industri
al air pollution? Former New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani, appearing on ABC's
Good MomingAmerica in January 2010, embraced one of the most sordid lies of the
year with his claim that "We had no domestic attacks under Bush," as if the attacks
on 9/11 never happened. Of course, there is a certain irony here given that he never
stopped referring to 9/11 as a way to shamelessly mobilize support for his own failed
presidential bid. President Obama also indulges in this kind of semantic dishon
esty when he substitutes "prolonged detention" for the much-maligned "preventive
detention" policies he inherited from the Bush-Cheney regime. While Obama is not
Bush, the use of this type of duplicitous language calls to mind the Orwellian nightmare
in which "war is peace, freedom is slavery, and ignorance is strength."
When lying and deceit become normalized in a culture, they serve as an index
of how low we have fallen as a literate and civilized society. Such practices also
demonstrate the degree to which language and education have become corrupted,
tied to corporate and political power, and sabotaged by rigid ideologies as part of a
growing authoritarianism that uses the educational force of the culture, the means
of communication, and the sites in which information circulate to mobilize igno
rance among a misinformcd citizenry, all the while supporting reactionary policies.
Especially since the horrible events of September 11, 2001, Americans have been
encouraged to identify with a militaristic way of life, to suspend their ability to read
the word and world critically, to treat corporate and government power in almost
religious terms, and to view a culture of questioning as something alien and poisonous
to American society. Shared fears rather than shared responsibilities now
mobilize angry mobs and gun-toting imbeciles who are praised as "real" Americans.
The Politics of Lying and
the Culture of
Deceit in
Bush II's America, iii
Fear bolstered by lies and manufactured deceptions makes us immune to even the
most obvious moral indecencies, such as the use of taser guns on kids in schools.
Nobody notices or cares, and one cause and casualty of all of this moral indifference
is that language has been emptied of its critical content just as the public spaces
that make it possible are disappearing into the anns of corporations, advertisers, and
other powerful institutions that show nothing but contempt for either the public
sphere or the kind of critical literacy that gives it meaning.
Obama's presence on the national political scene gave literacy, language, and
critical thought a newfound sense of dignity, interlaced as they were with a vision
of hope, justice, and possibility-and reasonable arguments about the varied crises
America faced. But as Obama compromised, if not surrendered, some of his principles
to those individuals and groups that live in the language of duplicity, the
idealism that shaped his vocabulary began to look like just another falsehood when
measured against his continuation of a number of Bush-like policies. In this case,
the politics of distortion and misrepresentation that Obama's lack of integrity has
produced may prove to be even more dangerous than what we got under Bush,
because it wraps itself in a moralism that seems uplifting and hopeful while supporting
policies that reward the rich, reduce schools to testing centers, and continue
to waste lives and money on wars that should have ended when Obama assumed
his presidency. Obama claims he is for peace, and yet the United States is the largest
arms dealer in the world. He claims he wants to reduce the deficit but instead spends
billions on the defense industry and wars abroad. He says he wants everyone to have
access to decent health care but makes backroom deals with powerful pharmaceutical
companies. Orwell's ghost haunts this new president and the country at large.
Reducing the critical power of language has been crucial to this effort. Under such
circumstances, democracy as either a moral referent or a political ideal appears to
have lost any measure of credibility. The politics of lying and the culture of deceit
are inextricably related to a theater of cruelty and modes of corrupt power in which
politics is reduced to a ritualized incantation, just as matters of governance are
removed from real struggles over meaning and power.
Beyond disinformation and disguise, the politics of lying and the culture of
deceit trade in and abet the rhetoric of fear in order to manipulate the public into
a state of servile political dependency and unquestioning ideological support. Fear
(and its attendant use of moral panics) not only creates a rhetorical umbrella to
promote right-wing ideological agendas (increased military spending, tax relief for the
rich, privatization, market-driven reforms, and religious intolerance) but also
contributes to a sense of helplessness and cynicism throughout the body politic. The
collapse of any vestige of critical literacy, reason, and sustained debate gives way to
falsehoods and forms of ignorance that find expression in the often-racist
discourse of what Bob Herbert calls "the moronic maestros of right wing radio and
endlessly haranguing the public to resist any trace of reason. How else to
explain the actions of parents who refiise to let their children listen to a speech on
education by should I say it, an African American president? How else to fathom
the dominant media repeating uncritically the views of right-wing groups that
portray Obama as Hitler or Stalin or consistently making references that compare
him to a gorilla or indulge in other crude racist references? In recent days, these
groups have been given ample media attention, as if their opinions are not simply
ventriloquizing the worst species of ignorance and racism.
The politics of lying and the culture of deceit are wrapped in the logic of
absolute certainty, an ominous harbinger of a kind of illiteracy in which one no
longer has to be accountable for justifying opinions, claims, or alleged arguments.
Stripped of accountability, language finds its final resting place in a culture of
deceit and arrogance in which lying either is accepted as a political strategy or is
viewed as simply another normalized aspect of everyday life. The lack of criticism
surrounding both government practices and corporations that now exercise unparalleled
forms of power is more than shameful; it is an utter capitulation to an
Orwellian rhetoric that only thinly veils an egregious form of authoritarianism and
racism. In the face of such events, we muSt develop a critical discourse to address
the gap between rhetoric and deeds of those who hold economic, political, and social
power. As Hannah Arendt has argued, debate is central to a democratic politics,
along with the public space in which individuals can argue, exercise critical judgment,
and clarify their relationship to democratic values and public commitments. Critical
consciousness and autonomy are, after all, not merely the stuff of political
awareness but what makes democratic accountability possible in the first place. They
are also the foundation and precondition for individuals, parents, community
groups, and social movements to mobilize against such political and moral corruptions.
The Politics of Lying and
the Culture of
Deceit in
Trump's America, iv
Democracy is fragile and its fate is always uncertain, but during the last
decade we have witnessed those in commanding political and corporate positions exhibit
an utter disregard for the truth, morality, and critical debate. The Enron template
of lying and deception has turned an ethos of dialogue and persuasion into its opposite:
dogmatism and propaganda. In doing so, the American public has been bombarded by a
discourse of fear, hate, and racism, coupled with a politics of lying that
undermines any viable vestige of a democratic ethos. We now find ourselves living
in a society in which right-wing extremists not only wage a war against the truth
but also seek to render human beings less than fully human by taking away their
desire for justice, spiritual meaning, freedom, and individuality.
Politics must become more attentive to those everyday conditions that have
allowed the American public to remain complicitous with such barbaric policies and
practices. Exposing the underlying conditions and symptoms of a culture of lying
and deceit is both a political and a pedagogical task that demands that people speak
out and break through the haze of oflicial discourse, media-induced amnesia, and
the fear-producing lies of corrupt politicians and the swelling ranks of
hatemongers. The politics of lying and deceit at the current historical moment offers
up the specter of notjust government abuse, mob hysteria, and potential violence,
but also an incipient authoritarianism, one that avidly seeks to eliminate intelligent
deliberation, informed public discussion, engaged criticism, and the very possibility of
freedom and a vital democratic politics. The spirit of critique is meaningless with
out literacy and an informed public. For such a public to flourish, it must be
supported with public debate and informed agents capable of becoming both witnesses
to injustice and forces for transforming those political, economic, and institutional
conditions that impose silence and perpetuate human suffering. The distortions,
misrepresentations, and lies that have become an integral part of American culture
present a serious threat to an aspiring democracy, because they further what John
Dewey called the "eclipse of the public," just as they empty politics of its democratic
values, meanings, and possibilities.
The hate, extremism, and pathology that have come to define our national political
and popular landscapes-heard repeatedly in the prattle of Sarah Palin and
Glenn Beck, to name only two of the most popular examples-are legitimated by
an appeal to absolute certainty, which becomes the backdrop against which a politics
of lying and a culture of deceit, fear, cruelty and repression flourish. We are
witnessing in the politics of lying and the culture of deceit a disconnection between
language and social responsibility, politics and critical education, market interests
and democratic values, privately felt pain and joys and larger public considerations.
Under such circumstances morality becomes painless, if not invisible, while social
responsibility is erased from the vocabulary of mainstream politics and the dominant
cultural apparatus. And this undermining of the value of human dignity,
truth, dialogue, and critical thought is the offspring of a debate over much more than
simply meaning and language, or even the widespread legitimacy of individual and
institutional ignorance and corruption. At its core it is a debate about power and
those corporate and political interests that create the conditions in which lying
becomes acceptable and deceit commonplace-those forces that have the power to
frame in increasingly narrow ways the conventions, norms, language, and relations
through which we relate to ourselves and others.
How we define ourselves as a nation cannot be separated from the language we
value, inhabit, and use to shape our understanding of others and the world in
which we want to live. As the language of critique, civic responsibility; political
courage, and democracy disappears along with sustained investments in schools,
media, and other elements of a formative culture that keeps an aspiring democracy
alive, we lose the spaces and capacities to imagine a future in which language,
literacy, and hope are on the side of justice, rather than on the side of hate, willful
ignorance, and widespread injustice.
Notes
Hannah Arendt, "Lying in Politics," in Crisis of the Republic (New York: Harvest/HBJ Books,
1969),p.6.
Frank Rich, The Greatest Story Every Sold (New York: Penguin, 2007).
Arendt, "Lying in Politics," p.4.
See Bob Herbert's courageous article, "The Scourge Persists," Tbe New York Times (September
19, 2009), p. A17.
Susan J. Douglas, "Killing Granny with thc Laziness Bias," In Tbese Times (September 17, 2009),
http://www.inthesetimes.com/main/article/4897/.
Mark Slouka, "A quibble," Harper's Magazine (February 2009), p. 9.
Herbert, "The Scourge Persists," p. 17.
Zombie Language and
the Politic of
the Living
Dead
In a robust democratic society, language and critical thought have a liberating
function. At best, they work together to shatter illusions, strengthen the power
of reason and critical judgment, and provide the codes and framing mechanisms for
human beings to exercise a degree of self-determination while holding the throne
of governmental, military, and economic power accountable. Language in such a
society is engaged, critical, dialectical, historical, and creates the conditions for
dialogue, thoughtfinlness, and informed action. Such a language refuses to be
coopted in the service of marketing goods, personalities, and sleazy corporations.
Needless to say, it is a language that is troubling and almost always threatening to
the guardians of the status quo. As Toni Morrison points out in another context,
language that is troubling has a way of reading and writing the world, that "can
disturb the social oppression that functions like a coma on the population, a coma
despots call peace. . .[that makes visible] the blood flow of war that hawks and
profiteers thrill to."1
In authoritarian societies, language works to produce forms of historical and
social amnesia, using the media, universities, and other sites of public pedagogy to
cover the visual landscape with a coma-inducing ignorance. This political and
moral coma allows the living dead to further experiment with those political
mechanisms and social filters employed to freeze meaning, limit the discourses of
freedom, and make certain ideas unspeakable, if not unthinkable. Tales of repression,
cruelty, human suffering, and evil disappear from public memory, becoming
invisible as politics works through a zombie-like language to make unjust and
repressive power invisible. This type of coma-like amnesia seems to have become one of
the defining features of the new American century. At the same time this language
and the ideologies and modes of goveming are always conditional, open to resistance,
and capable of being challenged by new modes of discourse, understanding, and courage.
One example can be seen in the ongoing resistance emerging in Iran against the
state's use of power to extend its ever-increasing restrictions on the new
media and lntemet to curb the power of the living and vital language of dissent. It
can also be seen in the rewriting of history textbooks by right-wing extremists who
control the Texas State Board of Education. In their attempt to whitewash history
they have replaced the word capitalism with free-enterprise system, rejected the
separation of church and state as a constitutional principle, injected the importance
of what they call biblical and pro-Confederate values, and replaced references to the
slave trade with the more innocuous "Atlantic triangular trade," and redefined the
Israeli-Palestinian conflict as a struggle driven by Islamic fundamentalism.2
Language that is coma producing always serves the interests of the living dead,
becoming zombie-like in its ability to sap the meaning of any political and ethical
substance. Such a language is suffocating, Orwellian in its hypocrisy and death-dealing
and cruel in the relationships it often produces and legitimates. For instance,
as Michael Moore points out in his film Capitalismsd Love Story, a number of
bluechip companies take out insurance policies on their employees without telling
them. Not only do such policies offer tax breaks for the rich, they also provide very
lucrative sums of money for corporations when an employee dies. Irma Johnson
found this out the hard way after her husband, Daniel, died of brain cancer. She dis
covered that the bank that had fired him received close to $4.5 million dollars in
insurance proceeds.3 She got nothing. The corporations refer to these lucrative and
cruel schemes as "dead peasant policies." This is a discourse in which the living dead
literally benefit from the deaths of their fired employees-zombie politics at its most
transparent and morally repulsive.
At its best, language can invite us to think beyond the given and the realm of
common sense, becoming a poweriiil force for unleashing the power of insight,
imagination, and possibility. Yet we live at a time when language is often deployed
by those with social, political, and economic resources that narrow its horizons, close
down its appeal to truth claims, and empty content of any viable substance. When
employed by those corrupted by power, language is often stripped of elements of
critique, thoughtfiilness, and compassion. Such a language cheapens public values,
the notion of the common good, and increasingly appropriates all potential spaces
for a viable politics through a debased appeal to self-interest, personal fears, money,
and national security.
If successful, the language of oppression and cruelty becomes normalized,
removed from the sphere of criticism and the culture of questioning. Such a language
does more than normalize ignorance, illiteracy, and irrationality; it also produces
a kind of psychic hardening and deep-rooted pathology in a society increasingly willing
to eliminate the policies that enable the social bonds and protections necessary for a
substantive democracy. This language of cruelty, a zombie inspired discourse of sorts,
has been given a new life within the last few decades as it has become the Iinguafianca
of powerful American politicians, corporations, and many in the dominant media. And it is
mobilized to both dismantle the liberating function of critical reason and to stifle
criticisms ofa society that appears to be adrift. Such a discourse turns hate-talk into
a commodity and human suffering into a spectacle.
Zombie Language and
the Politic of
the Living
Dead, ii
Rarely do we find a robust language at workin the corporate-mediated public
domains that provides a sustained criticism of an imperial presidency, an economic
system removed from all political and ethical constraints, a debased and debasing
celebrity culture, a market-driven notion of consumerism that strips people of
any other vestige of agency, an utter disregard for the lawlessness and inequality
caused by casino capitalism, a permanent war economy and a discourse of contempt
aimed at those marginalized by poverty and race in America. While there are
certainly criticisms of such practices and policies at work in American societyg they are
either marginalized, trivialized, or simply treated with disdain and viewed as
irrelevant by those in power.
Flashpoints in a culture often signal the rise of this language of cruelty, suggesting
ruptures in the democratic fabric of a country that speak to something foreboding in its
present and future that is not merely disturbing but portends a new kind of evil, a
gathering storm capable of ushering in a new kind of authoritarianism. Hurricane Katrina,
declarations supporting torture by elected officials, bailouts for the rich and
indifference for the poor, and millions of people sleeping on the street or in tents
signal something new and despairing about American society. The story continues. For
instance, in ]une 2005, Vice President Dick Cheney, in response to revelations of
torture at Guantanamo, claimed that the prisoners in the detention camp inhabited
something similar to Club Med. According to Cheney "They're living in the tropics.
They're well fed. 'l`hey've got everything they could possibly want."4
What is most scandalous about this remark is not the sheer duplicity of the
misrepresentation, or even the trivialization of human rights violations, but the attempt
to silence or make disappear an ever-expanding narrative of extreme cruelty and pain
inflicted on the bodies of those who have been forced to inhabit, without any legal
rights, what would be more aptly called Club Torture. We know from a number of
reports and from the leaked images of Abu Ghraib prison that combatants in various U.S.
detention centers have been subjected to the most horrendous forms of torture, often
severely injured and left to suffer with irreparable mental anguish. In other instances
of torture and abuse, detainees "have been murdered."5 But there is more at work in
Cheney's comments than fabrications designed to promote certain convenient ideological
illusions central to the new world order promoted by the Bush administration. There is
also a hidden order of politics that suggests a certain psychic hardening of the
culture, the triumph of a debased language and politics over any semblance of ethics
and civic courage-clearly reinforced by the loss of a critical media, schools that
actually teach young people to think critically, and those public spheres where
viable public analyses can take place. This is a new register and expression of
cruelty for the American empire because it now defines itself unapologetically and
with great arrogance through its exercise of what could be appropriately called
radical evil.
Evidence of this type of psychic hardening and moral depravity extends far
beyond the more recently revealed torture memos, the media's embrace of Sarah
Palin's talk about death panels, the gleeful expressions of racism that are back in
fashion, the rise of hate-radio, and the triumphalist justifications for imperial power that
file the language of the likes of Dick Cheney Michael Savage, and Fox News. Even
after President Obama condemned torture and made it illegal once again, those
politicians and lawyers who supported torture and played a prominent role in both
legitimating it and sanctioning it under the Bush administration refused to exhibit
the slightest bit of self-reflection or remorse over their support for a state that
tortures. For instance, in a revealing interview with Deborah Solomon of The New York
Times at the end of November 2009, James Inhofe, a conservative Republican
Senator from Oklahoma, stated that he did not think that the naval base at
Guantanamo should be closed because it was "a real resource."6 Inhofe then talked
about Gitmo-this Gulag for the stateless roundly condemned all over the world
as if it were a vacation spot generously provided by the U.S. government for
detainees, many of whom were legally but unjustly rendered as part of America's war
on terror. What is even more astounding is that Inhofe seemed completely unwilling
to entertain the overwhelming and substantial body of evidence now available
as a matter of public record that proves that many of the detainees at Guantanamo
were subjected by the American government to sexual abuse, human rights viola
tions, and the systemic practice of torture. He states, without any irony intended:
The people there are treated probably better than they are in the prisons in America. They
have more doctors and medical practitioners per inmate.They're eating better than anyone
has ever eaten before .... One of the big problems is they become obese when they get there
because they've never eaten that good before.7
Zombie Language and
the Politic of
the Living
Dead, iii
There is more than denial and ignorance at work in Inhofe's answer. It is also
symptomatic of a society that is no longer capable of questioning itself, unraveling its
ability to think critically and act in a morally responsible way This is a society in which
language has become so debased and corrupted by power that morality and truth
claims are no longer open to examination, and the consequences spell catastrophe
for democracy. ln another interview, Solomon asked ]ohn Yoo, the former Justice
Department lawyer and one of the architects of the torture memos, if he regretted
writing the memos, which offered President Bush a legal rationale for ignoring
domestic and international laws prohibiting torture.8 Exhibiting a complete
indifference to the moral issue at stake in justifying systemic torture, Yoo provided
an answer not unlike those provided by Nazi war criminals prosecuted at the
Nuremberg military tribunals in 1945. I-Ie stated: "No, I had to write them. It was
my job. As a lawyer, I had a client. The client needed a legal question answered."9
More recently, it was widely reported in the dominant media that there are over
39 million people on food stamps, and 6 million of these people have no other source
of income. Put another way, "About one in 50 Americans now lives in a household
with a reported income that consists of nothing but a food-stamp card."l0 These
figures become all the more tragic when we learn that one in four children are on
food stamps. Surely such a story should move the American public to both question
any society with this degree of inequality and move in some transformative way
to address the needless suffering of millions of people. When the story was reported
in T/Je New York Times, it was largely descriptive, the language used was bloodless,
sterile, lacking any sense of either urgency or suggesting the need for political
action on the part of the American public. The one criticism in the article came from
John Linder, a Georgia Republican and a ranking member of the House Panel on
Welfare Policy Displaying what can truly be called a zombie politics and language
only fit for persuading the living dead, he criticized the food stamp program,
arguing that "We're at risk of creating an entire class of people, a subset of people,
just comfortable getting by living off the government."11 Linder's use of language
mimics the moral depravity we find in the words of hot-shot investment bankers who
hand out billions in bonuses while millions are starving because of the financial
markets' recklessness. For the bankers, bonuses are-as one CEO put it-a form of
God's work. There is more at play here than ignorance; there is also a deep sense
of scorn for any viable notion of the welfare state and the necessity of government
to address in a profound way the needless suffering of those caught in the expanding
network of systemic inequality, unemployment, and poverty.
This use of dead language, stripped of insight, ethics, and compassion, has now
become commonplace in America and suggests that we have become a country with
no interest in modes of governance that extend beyond the narrow and often ruthless
interests of investment bankers, mega-corporations, the ultra-rich, the Department
of Defense, and casino capitalism. Linguistic appeals to present-day zombies
erase any viable notion of the social, public sphere, and the common good.
Rather than talk about the responsibilities of the welfare state and social safety
nets for the millions of Americans in need, government and corporate spokespersons
employ a language of bare life-devoid of compassion and respect for the other. This
is a language that erases the social and all of the human bonds and conditions
necessary to provide human relationships with joy, dignity, hope, justice, and a
measure of moral and social responsibility. The realm of the social, the glue of
public life and the common good, has been utterly privatized within this
death-inspired language and cut off from the political, economic, and moral
connections that give society any viable identity and meaning. As the language
of war, finance, and markets drives politics, matters of ethics, social
responsibility, thinking from the place of the other, and addressing the
conditions under which it becomes possible to apprehend the suffering of
others becomes not only difficult but is more often than not treated with
contempt.
Zombie language, with its appeal to the living dead, erases the social as it
privatizes it and can only imagine freedom through the narrow lens of self-interest,
exchange values, and profit margins. Troubles are now privatized, resulting in "yet
more loneliness and impotence, and indeed more uncertainty still."12 Society in this
view is a network of random connections and disconnections, tied to furthering the
interests of competitive individuals and fueled by a rabid individualism. Zombie
language is more than Orwellian in that it does not merely offer up illusions, it
arrogantly celebrates those values, structures, institutions and modes of power
that are on the side of death, the perpetuation of human suffering, and a
world-view that cannot think beyond the maximizing pleasures of grotesque power,
wealth, and privilege.
Zombie Language and
the Politic of
the Living
Dead, iv
Cheney, Inhofe, Yoo, the heads of the commanding financial institutions, and
too many others to name exhibit and legitimize the type of zombie language along
with an unethical mode of behavior that is chilling in its moral transgressions and
telling in its reflection of the political and moral corruption that has taken hold of
American culture. But the cruelties and crimes that these individuals, corporations,
and administrations produce as official policy through a language of the living
dead could not have taken place if there were not a formative culture in place in the
United States that in its silence and complicity supported and enabled such a
discourse and its accompanying acts of barbarism and cruelty Within such a culture,
as Judith Butler reminds us, it becomes increasingly easy for human life to be
sacrificed to an instrumental logic, a totalitarian view of authority, and a
discourse of fear. Such a culture loses its moral compass, sanctions cruel polices
that produce massive human suffering and disposability, and in the end becomes unable
to entertain those norms or shared conditions that make human life possible, that
apprehend the dignity of human life or offer the political and moral frameworks
"to guard against injury and violence."13 Under such circumstances, individual
rights, protections, and civil liberties disappear as the most barbaric
state-sanctioned practices are carried out with only minor opposition registered
by the American people. Zombie language and its accompanying practices and policies
are nourished by the egocentric politics ofa rabid individualism, the punishing
values of casino capitalism, and the harsh logic of privatization in which all
problems are now shifted onto the shoulders of individuals, who have to bear the
?? burden of solving them. The culture of cruelty that emerges in this
market-driven ideology and the language that legitimates it points not merely to
the death of public values or to a society that is politically adrift, but more
importantly to the unleashing of institutions, ideas, values, and social relations
that may lead to the demise of democracy itself.
Notes
Toni Morrison, "Peril," in Toni Morrison, ed., Burn This Book (New York: HarperCollins,
2009), pp. 1-2.
Jack McKinley, Jr., "Texas Conservatives Win Curriculum Change," The New York Times
(March 12, 2010), p. A10.
Agence France-Presse, "Cheney Says Detainees Are Well Treated," The New York Times (June
24, 2005), http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/24/politics/24cheney.html?pagewanted=print.
Three reports are especially useful on this matter. See Laurel E. Fletcher and Eric Stover,
Guantanamo and Its A_/iermath: US. Detention and Interrogation Practices and Their Impact on
Former Detainees (Berkeley: Human Rights Center and International Human Rights Law
Clinic, 2008), http://cc1justice.org/files/Report_GTMO_And_Its_Aftermath.pdf; International
Committee of the Red Cross, ICRC Report on the Treatment of Fourteen "High Value" Detainees,
pp. 1-30; and Center for Constitutional Rights, Report on Torture and Cruel, Inhuman, and
Degrading Treatment of Prisoners at Guantanamo Bay, Cuha (Washington, DC: Center for
Constitutional Rights, 2006), hrrp://ccrjustice.org/files/Report_ReportOnTorture.pdf.
Deborah Solomon, "Global Warming: Questions for James Inhofe," The New York Times
(November 29, 2009), p. MMI6.
Ibid.
Deborah Solomon, "Power of Attorney: Questions for John Yoo," The New York Times (January
3, 2010), p. MMIS.
Ibid.
Jason Deparle and Robert M. Cebeloff "Living on Nothing but Food Stamps," The New York
Times (January 3, 2010), http://www.nytimes.com/2010/01/03/us/03foodstamps.html.
Ibid.
Zygmunt Bauman, Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty (London: Polity Press, 2007),
p. 14.
Judith Butler, Frames of War: When Is Life Grievable? (Brooklyn, NY: Verso, 2009), p. 3.
Everyday Violence
and
the Culture of
Cruelty
Under the Bush administration, a seeping, sometimes galloping authoritarianism
began to reach into every vestige of the culture, giving free rein to those
anti-democratic forces in which religious, market, military and political
fundamentalism thrived, casting an ominous shadow over the fate of U.S.
democracy. During the Bush-Cheney regime, power became an instrument of
retribution connected to and fuelled by a repressive state, a kind of zombie
state trading in human abuse, fear, and punishment! A bullying rhetoric of war,
a ruthless consolidation of economic forces, and an all-embracing, free-market
apparatus and media-driven pedagogy of fear supported and sustained a distinct
culture of cruelty and inequality in the United States.
In pointing to a culture of cruelty, I am not employing a form of leftist
moralism that collapses matters of power and politics into the discourse of
character. On the contrary, I think the notion of a culture of cruelty is useful
in thinking through the convergence of everyday life and politics, of considering
material relations of power-the disciplining of the body as an object of control-on
the one hand, and the production of cultural meaning, especially the co-optation
of popular culture to sanction oliicial violence, on the other. The culture of
cruelty is important for thinking through how life and death now converge in
ways that fundamentally transform how we understand and imagine politics in the
current historical moment-a moment when the most vital elements of the social
safety net are being undermined by right-wing ideologues. What is it about a
culture of cruelty that provides the conditions for many Americans to believe
that government is the enemy of health care reform and health care reform should
be tumed over to corporate and market-driven interests, further depriving millions
of an essential right? And while a weak version of the health care bill has passed,
the living undead are vowing to undo the bill through upcoming elections.1
Increasingly, many individuals and groups now find themselves living in a
society that measures the worth of human life in terms of cost-benefit analyses. The
central issue of life and politics is no longer about working to get ahead but struggling
simply to survive. And many groups considered marginal because they are poor,
unemployed, people of color, elderly, or young, have not just been excluded from "the
American dream" but have become utterly redundant and disposable, waste products of a
society that no longer considers them of any value.2 How else to explain
the zealousness with which social safety nets have been dismantled, the transition
from welfare to workfare (offering little job training programs and no child care),
and the now infamous acrimony over health care reform's failed public option? What
accounts for the passage of laws that criminalize the conduct of millions of homeless
people in the United States, often defining sleeping, sitting, soliciting, lying
down, or loitering in public places as a criminal offense rather than a behavior in
need of compassionate good will and public assistance? Or, for that matter, the
expulsions, suspensions, segregation, class discrimination, and racism in the public
schools as well as the more severe beatings, broken bones, and damaged lives
endured by young people in the juvenile justice system?
Within this type of zombie politics, largely filelled by a market fundamentalism-
one that substitutes the power of the social state with the power of the corporate
state and only values wealth, money, and consumers-there is a ruthless and
hidden dimension of cruelty, one in which the powers of life and death are increasingly
determined by punishing apparatuses, such as the criminal justice system for
poor people of color and/ or market forces that increasingly decide who may live and
who may die.
The growing dominance of right-wing media forged in a pedagogy of hate has
become a crucial element providing numerous platforms for a culture of cruelty and
is fimdamental to how we understand the role of education in a range of sites
outside of traditional forms of schooling. This educational apparatus and mode of
public pedagogy are central to analyzing not just how power is exercised, rewarded,
and contested in a growing culture of cruelty, but also how particular identities,
desires, and needs are mobilized in support of an overt racism, hostility toward
immigrants, and Utter disdain coupled with the threat of mob violence toward any
political figure supportive of the social contract and the welfare state. Citizens
are increasingly constructed through a language of contempt for all non-commercial
public spheres and a chilling indifference to the plight of others that is
increasingly expressed in vicious tirades against big government and almost any
form of social protection, however necessary There is a growing element of scom
on the part of the American public for those human beings caught in a web of
misfortune, human suffering, dependency, and deprivation. As Barbara Ehrenreich
observes, "The pattem is to curtail fmancing for services that might help the
poor while ramping up law enforcement: starve school and public transportation
budgets, then make truancy illegal. Shut down public housing, then make it a
crime to be homeless. Be sure to harass street vendors when there are few
other opportunities for employment. The experience of the poor, and especially
poor minorities, comes to resemble that of a rat in a cage scrambling to avoid
erratically administered electric shocks."3
Everyday Violence
and
the Culture of
Cruelty, ii
A right-wing spin machine, influenced by haters like Rush Limbaugh, Glenn
Beck, Michael Savage, and Ann Coulter endlessly spews out a toxic rhetoric in
which all Muslims are defined as jihadists; the homeless are not victims of
misfortune but lazy; blacks are not terrorized by a racist criminal justice
system but are the main architects of a culture of criminality; the epidemic
of obesity has nothing to do with corporations, big agriculture, and advertisers
selling junk food but rather the result of "big" govemment giving people food
stamps; the public sphere is largely for white people, and it is being threatened
by immigrants and people of color, and so it goes. Glenn Beck, the alleged voice
of the common man, appearing on the Fox fs' Friends morning show, calls President
Obama a "racist" and accuses him of "having a deep-seated hatred for white people
or the white culture."4
Nationally syndicated radio host Rush Limbaugh unapologetically states that James
Earl Ray, the confessed killer of Martin Luther King, ]r., should be given a
posthumous Medal of Honor,5 while his counterpart in right-wing hate, talk radio
host Michael Savage, states on his show, "You know, when I see a woman walking
around with a burqa, I see a Nazi. That's what I sewhow do you like that?-a hateful
Nazi who would like to cut your throat and kill your children."6 He also claims
that Obama is "surrounded by terrorists" and is "raping America." This is a
variation of a crude theme established by Ann Coulter, who refers to Bill Clinton
as a "very good rapist."7 Even worse, Obama is a "neo-Marxist fascist dictator in
the making" who plans to "force children into a paramilitary domestic army"8 And
this is just a small sampling of the kind of hate talk that permeates right-wing
media.
This could be dismissed as loony right-wing political theater if it were not for the
low levels of civic literacy displayed by so many Americans who choose to believe
and invest in this type of hate talk.9 On the contrary while it may be idiocy it reveals,
as I state throughout this book, a powerful set of political, economic, and educational
forces at work in miseducating the American public while at the same time
extending the culture of cruelty and the politics of the hyper-dead. One central task
of any viable form of politics is to analyze the culture of cruelty and its overt and
covert dimensions of violence, often parading as entertainment.
Underlying the culture of cruelty that reached its apogee during the Bush
administration was the legalization of state violence, such that human suffering was
now sanctioned by the law, which no longer served as a summons to justice. But if
a legal culture emerged that made violence and human suffering socially acceptable,
popular culture rendered such violence pleasurable by commodifying, aestheticizing,
and spectacularizing it. Rather than being unspoken and unseen, violence in
American life had become both visible in its pervasiveness and normalized as a central
feature of dominant and popular culture. Americans had grown accustomed to
luxuriating in a warm bath of cinematic blood, as young people and adults alike were
seduced with commercial and military video games such as Grand They? Auto and
AmericaArmy,10 the television series 24 and its ongoing Bacchanalian féte of
torture, the cmde violence on display in World Wrestling Entertainment and Ultimate
Fighting Championship, and an endless series of vigilante films such as The Brave
One (2007), Death Sentence (2007), and Harry Bro-wn (2010), in which the rule of
law is suspended by the viscerally satisfying images of men and women seeking
revenge as laudable killing machines--a nod to the permanent state of emergency
and war in the United States. Symptomatically, there is the mindless glorification
and aestheticization of brutal violence in the most celebrated Hollywood films,
including many of Oyentin Tarantino's films, especially Deatb Proqf (2007), Kill Bill
I C9' 2 (2003, 2004), and Inglourious Bastards (2009). With the release of Tarantino's
2009 bloody war film, in fact, the press reported that Dianne Kruger, the co-star of
Inglourious Basterds, claimed that she "loved being tortured by Brad Pitt [though]
she was frustrated she didn't get an opportunity to get frislcy with her co-star, but
admits being beaten by Pitt was a satisfying experience."11 This is more than the
aestheticization of violence; it is the normalization and glorification of torture
itself.
Everyday Violence
and
the Culture of
Cruelty, iii
If Hollywood has made gratuitous violence the main staple of its endless
parade of blockbuster films, television has tapped into the culture of cruelty in a way
that was unimaginable before the attack on the United States on September 11,
2001. Prime-time television before the attacks had "fewer than four acts of torture"
per year, but "now there are more than a hundred."12 Moreover, the people who torture are
no longer the villains but the heroes of prime-time television. The most celebrated
is, ofcourse, _lack Bauer, the tragic-ethical hero of the wildly popular Fox
TV thriller 24. Not only is torture the main thread of the plot, often presented
"with gusto and no moral compunction,"13 but Bauer is portrayed as a patriot rather
than a depraved monster who tortures in order to protect American lives and national
security. Torture in this scenario takes society's ultimate betrayal of human dignity and
legitimates the pain and fear it produces as normal, all the while making a "moral
sadist" a television celebrity."14 The show, before its final season in 2010, had over
15 million viewers, and its glamorization of torture had proven so successful that
it appears not only to have numbed the public's reaction to the horrors of torture,
but it became so overwhelmingly influential among the U.S. military that the
Pentagon sent Brigadier General Patrick Finnegan to California to meet with the
producers of the show. He told them that promoting illegal behaviour in the
series. . .was having a damaging effect on young troops."15 The pornographic
glorification of gratuitous, sadistic violence is also on full display in the popular I-IBO
television series Dexter, which portrays a serial killer as a sympathetic, even lovable
character. The Starz television series Spartacus: Blood and Sand takes the aesthetic of
blood and violence beyond what one might call the pornography of violence. This
series, a version of Fight Club on steroids, has more in common with the ideology
and mechanisms of the fascist spectacle-at once a celebration of a ruthless form
of hyper-masculinity, Social Darwinism, and an investment in violence as the most
important element of power and mediating force in shaping social relationships.16
Violence in this series is more than grotesque; it is morally bankrupt and embraces
the spectacle to both entertain and provoke the most dcbased type ofvoyeurism. If
The celebration of hyper-violence and torture travels easily from fiction to real
life with the emergence in the past few years of a proliferation of "bum fight" videos
on the Internet "shot by young men and boys who are seen beating the homeless
or who pay transients a few dollars to fight each other."17 The culture of cruelty
mimics cinematic violence as the agents of abuse both indulge in actual forms of
violence and then fhrther celebrate the barbarity by posting it on the Web, mimicking
the desire for fame and recognition, while voyeuristically consuming their own
violent cultural productions. The National Coalition for the Homeless claims that
"On YouTube in July 2009, people have posted 85,900 videos with 'bum' in the title
[and] 5,690 videos can be found with the title 'bum fight,' representing. . .an increase
of 1,460 videos since April 2008."18 Rather than problematize violence, popular
culture increasingly normalizes it, often in ways that border on criminal intent. For
instance, a recent issue of Maxim, a popular men's magazine, included "a blurb titled
'Hunt the Homeless' [focusing on] a coming 'hobo convention' in Iowa and says 'Kill
one for fun. We're 87 percent sure it's legal.'"19 In this context violence is not
simply being transformed into an utterly distasteful form of adolescent entertainment
or spectacularized to attract readers and boost profits, it becomes a powerful
pedagogical force in the culture of cruelty by both aligning itself and becoming
complicit with the very real surge of violence against the homeless, often committed by
young men and teenage boys looking for a thrill.20 Spurred on by the ever-reassuring
presence of violence and dehumanization in the wider culture, these young "thrill
offenders" now search out the homeless and "punch, kick, shoot or set afire people
living on the streets, frequently killing them, simply for the sport of it, their victims
all but invisible to society."21 All of these elements of popular culture speak
stylishly and sadistically to new ways in which to maximize the pleasure of violence, giving
it its hip (if fascist) edginess.
Everyday Violence and
the Culture of Cruelty, iv
Needless to say, neither violent video games and television series nor Hollywood
films and the Internet (or, for that matter, popular culture) cause in any direct sense
real-world violence and suffering, but they do not leave the real world behind, either.
That is too simplistic. What they do achieve is the execution of a well-fiinded and
highly seductive public pedagogical enterprise that sexualizes and stylizes
representations of violence, investing them with an intense pleasure quotient. I don't
believe it is an exaggeration to claim that the violence of screen culture entertains
and cleanses young people of the burden of ethical considerations when they, for
instance, play video games that enable them to "casually kill the simulated human beings
whose world they control."22 Hollywood films such as the Saw series offer
up a form of torture porn in which the spectacle of the violence enhances not merely
its attraction but offers young viewers a space where questions of ethics and
responsibility are gleefully suspended, enabling them to evade their complicity in
a culture of cruelty. No warnings appear on the labels of these violent videos and
films suggesting that the line between catharsis and desensitization may become
blurred, making it more difficult for them to raise questions about what it means
"to live in a society that produces, markets, and supports such products."23
But these hyper-violent cultural products also form part of a corrupt pedagogical
assemblage and cultural apparatus that makes it all the more difficult to recognize
the hard realities of power and material violence at work through militarism,
a winner-take-all economy marked by punishing inequalities, and a national security
state that exhibits an utter disregard for human suffering. In this version of zombie
politics, death is spectacularized in order to evade matters of politics and
power~even the suffering of children, we must note, as when govemment officials
reduce the lives of babies and young children lost in Iraq and Afghanistan to collateral
damage. Tragically, the crime here is much more than symbolic. The ideology of hardness
and cruelty runs through American culture like an electric current, sapping the strength
of social relations and individual character, moral compassion, and collective action,
offering up crimes against humanity that become fodder for video games and spectacularized
media infotainment, and constructing a culture of cruelty that promotes a "symbiosis of
suffering and spectacle."24
As Chris Hedges argues,
Sadism is as much a part of popular culture as it is of corporate culture. lt dominates
pornography, runs. . .through reality television and trash-talk programs and is at the core of
the compliant, corporate collective. Corporatism is about crushing the capacity for moral
choice. And it has its logical fruition in Abu Ghraib, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, and
our Igcsk of compassion for the homeless, our poor, the mentally ill, the unemployed and the
sick.25
Bailouts are not going to address the ways in which individual desires, values, and
identities are endlessly produced in the service of a culture of cruelty and inequality.
Power is not merely material, it is also symbolic and is distributed through a society
in ways we have never seen before. No longer is education about schooling. It now
functions through the educational force of the larger culture in the media, Internet,
electronic media, and through a wide range of technologies and sites endlessly working
to undo democratic values, compassion, and any viable notion of
justice and its accompanying social relations. What this suggests is a redefinition
of both literacy and education. We need as a society to educate students and others to
be literate in multiple ways, to reclaim the high ground of civic courage, and to be
able to name, engage, and transform those forms of public pedagogy that produce hate
and cruelty as part of the discourse of common sense. Otherwise, democracy will
lose the supportive institutions, social relations, and culture that make it
not only possible but even thinkable.
Notes
This is taken up in great detail in Henry A. Giroux, Against tbe Terror of Neoliberalism (Boulder:
Paradigm, 2008) and Sheldon S. Wolin, Democracy Incorporated of Managed Democracy and the
Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2008).
Zygmunt Bauman, Wasted Lives (London: Polity Press, 2004).
Barbara Ehrenreich, "Is It Now a Crime to Be Poor?," The New York Times (August 9, 2009),
p. wk9.
David Bauder, "Fox's Glenn Beck: President Obama is a Racist," Associated Press (July 28,
2009),https://www.cbsnews.com/news/glenn-beck-obama-is-a-racist/.
Savage quoted in Thinkers and Jokers (July 2, 2007), http://thinkersandjokers.com/
thinker.php?id=2688.
Coulter quoted in Don Hazen, "The Tall Blonde Woman in the Short Skirt with the Big
Mouth," AlterNet (June 6, 2006), www.alternet.org/module/printversion/37162.
These quotes are taken from an excellent article by Eric Boehlert in which he criticizes the soft
peddling that many in the press give to right-wing Fanatics such as Michael Savage. See Eric
Boehlert, "Tbe New Yorker raises a toast to birther nut Michael Savage," Media Matters for America
(August 3, 2009), http://mediamatters.org/print/columns/200908030038.
See Chris Hedges, "America the llliterate," CommonDreams (November 10, 2008), www.com
mondreams.org/view/2008/11/10-6; Terrence McNally, "How Anti-Intellectualism Is
Destroying America," AlterNet (August 15, 2008), www.alternet.org/module/printversion/95109.
For an excellent collection on military video games, see Nina B. Huntemann and Matthew
Thomas Payne, eds., Joystick Soldiers: The Politics of Play in Military Video Games (New York:
Routledge, 2010).
Arts and Entertainment, "Torture Will Just Have to Do," Tbe Hamilton Spectator (August 12,
2009), p. Go 3.
Jane Mayer, "Whatever It Takes: The Politics of the Man Behind 24," The New Yorker(February
26, 2007), p. 68.
Alessandra Stanley, "Suicide Bombers Strike, and America is in Turmoil. Just Another Day in
the Life of Jack Bauer," The New York Times (January 12, 2007), p. B1.
See Judith Butler, Frames of War: When is Life Grievable? (New York and London: Verso, 2009);
and Slavoj Zizek, "The Depraved Heroes of 24 Are the Himmlers of Hollywood," The Guardian
(January 10, 2006), http://www.guardian.co.uk/media/2006/jan/10/usncws.comment.
Faiz Shaker, "U.S. Military: Television Series '24' Is Promoting Torture in the Ranks," Think
Progress (February 3, 2007), http://thinkprogress.org/2007/02/13/torture-on-24/.
The aesthetics of the body and violence is taken up in Okwui Enwezor, "The Body in Question,"
Third (Summer 1995), pp. 67-70.
Eric Lichtblau, 'Attacks on Homeless Bring Push on Hate Crime Laws," The New York Times
(August 8, 2009), p. Al.
National Coalition for the Homeless, Hate, Violence, and Death on Main Street, 2008
(Washington, D. C., National Coalition of the Homeless, 2009), http://www.national
http://www.nationalhomeless.org/publications/hatecrimes/hate_report_2008.pdf] p. 34.
Lichtblau, "Attacks on Homeless Bring Push on Hate Crime Laws."
National Coalition for the Homeless, Hate, Violence, and Death on Main Street, 2008.
Lichtblau, "Attacks on Homeless Bring Push on Hate Crime Laws."
Mark Slouka, "Dehumanized: When Math and Science Rule the School," Harpers Magazine
(September S, 2009), p. 40.
Ibid.
Mark Reinhardt and Holly Edwards, "Traffic in Pain," in Mark Reinhardt and Holly Edwards,
eds. Beautiful Suffering (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2006), p. 9.
Chris Hedges, "America Is in Need of Moral Bailout," Truthdig (March 23, 2009),
https://www.truthdig.com/articles/america-is-in-need-of-a-moral-bailout/.
Market-Driven
Hysteria and
the Politics of
Death
If we take seriously the ideology, arguments, and values now emanating from the
right wing of the Republican Party, there is no room in the United States for a
democracy in which the obligations of citizenship, compassion, and collective
security outweigh the demands of what might be called totalizing market-driven
society, that is, a society that is utterly deregulated, privatized, commodificd, and
largely controlled by the ultra-rich and a handful of mega-corporations. In such a
society, there is a shift in power from government to markets and the emergence
of a more intensified political economy organized around three principal concerns:
deregulated markets, commodification, and disposability. In spite of the
current failure of this system, right-wing Republicans and their allies are more than
willing to embrace a system that erases all vestiges of the public good, turning
citizens into consumers, while privatizing and commodifying every aspect of the
social order-all the while threatening the lives, health, and livelihoods of millions
of working-class and middle-class people.
If we listen to shockjocks on right-wing talk radio and an increasing number
of their ilk in other media-driven spheres, casino capitalism is not only sexy, it
provides an argument against the very notion of politics itself and the power of the
government to intervene and protect its citizens from the ravages of nature, corrupt
institutions, and an unregulated market. In this discourse, largely buttressed through
an appeal to fear and the use of outright lies, free-market capitalism assumes an
almost biblical status as an argument against the power of government to protect
its citizens from misfortune and the random blows of fate by providing the most
basic rights and levels of collective security and protection. Politics in this scenario
is left to the fate of markets and the financial hyper-dead, while everyone else has
to look out for themselves, bereft of any social protections or collective help from
broader social spheres.
Before he died, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt advocated precisely for
such rights, which he called a "second bill of rights," and which included the right
"of every family to a decent home. The right to adequate medical care and the
opportunity to achieve and enjoy good health. The right to adequate protection from
the economic fears of old age, sickness, accident and unemployment. The right to a
good education."1 That is, those social and economic rights that provide a secure
foundation for people to live with dignity and be free to become critical and
engaged citizens, capable of both expanding their own sense of agency and freedom
while being able to work with others to fulfill the demands of an aspiring democracy.
But in the truncated notion of freedom espoused by the right-wing extremists
of casino capitalism, democracy is a deficit, if not a pathology, and freedom is
reduced to the narrow logic of an almost rabid focus on self-interest. As I pointed
out in the Introduction, this is a truncated version of freedom, defined largely as
freedom from constraint-a freedom which when not properly exercised or balanced
loses its connection to those obligations that tie people to values, issues, and
institutions that affirm "the existence of a common good or a public purpose."2
Freedom here operates according to a calculated deficit that reduces agency to a
regressive infantilism, or what Leo Lowenthal called "the atomization of the
individual," terrorized by other human beings, and reduced to "living in a state
of stupor, in a moral coma."3 This type of depoliticizing inward thinking, with
its disavowal of the obligations of social responsibility and its outright disdain
for those who are disadvantaged by virtue of being poor, young, or elderly, does
more than fuel the harsh, militarized, and hyper-masculine logic of reality
television and extreme sports. It also elevates death over life, selfishness
over compassion, and economics over politics. But more so, it produces a kind
of dysfunctional silence in the culture in the face of massive hardship and
suffering, wiping out society's collective memories of moral decency.
Market-Driven
Hysteria and
the Politics of
Death, ii
There is more than moral indifference and political cynicism at work here.
There is also a culture in which there is not much room for ideals, a culture that now
considers public welfare a pathology, and responsibility solely a privatized and
individual matter. Under this form of zombie politics and mode of casino capitalism,
people become invested in their own survival, narrowly focused on their own
interests, all the while confirming their regression into a Social Darwinism echoed
daily on reality TV. This is a politics of disinvestment in public life, democracy, and
the common good. Hence, it is not surprising that we hear nothing from the faux
populists Glenn Beck, Rush Limbaugh, Bill O'Reilly and other cheerleaders for an
unchecked capitalism about a market-driven landscape filled with desolate
communities, gutted public services, and weakened labor unions. Nor do they say
anything about a free-market system that in its greed, cruelty, corruption, and
iniquitous power relations creates the conditions responsible for 40 million
impoverished people (many living in their cars or the ever-growing tent cities),
and 46 million Americans, until recently, living without health insurance-one result
of which, according to a Harvard University study, has been the needless deaths of
45,000 people every year.4 Nor do they register any alarm over a system that,
according to a recent study released by the _lohns Hopkins Children's Center,
claims that "lack of adequate health care may have contributed to the deaths of
some 17,000 U.S. children over the past two decades."5 What do they have to say
about a deregulated market system with its corrupt financial institutions shipping
jobs abroad, swindling people out of their homes, and gutting the manufacturing base
of U.S. industry?
What do they have to say about a political system largely controlled by corporate
lobbyists? 0r insurance companies that pay employees bonuses when they maintain a
high level of rejections f`or procedures that can save people's lives. Not much.
All they see amid this growing landscape of human suffering and despair is the
specter of socialism, which amounts to any government-sponsored program
designed to offer collective insurance in the face of misfortune and promote the
public good.
For many conservatives and right-wing extremists, a market-driven society
represents more than a tirade against "big government." It constitutes a new kind
of politics that privileges exchange values and quick profits over all non-commodified
values, resists all forms of government intervention (except when it benefits
the rich and powerful and the defense industry), celebrates excessive individualism,
and consolidates the power of the rich along with powerful corporations-currently
coded as mammoth financial institutions such as the insurance companies,
pharmaceutical companies, and big banks. Moreover, the ability of this previously
devalued market-driven system to endlessly come back to life is truly astonishing.
How can the Dick Armeys of the world be featured in Tb: New York Times as if their
ideology and ruthlessness is worthy of a major news story? How is it that an endless
number of ex and current politicians who are wedded at the hip to corporate
interests can be taken seriously as spokespersons for the larger public?
As the fog of social and historical amnesia rolls over the media and the country
in general, it does so in spite of the financial tsunami unleashed in 2008, the
debacle following Hurricane Katrina, the Gulf oil crisis, and the in-your-face
payout of big bonuses by institutions that were bailed out by the government. Clearly,
market fundamentalism is alive and well in the United States, suggesting that it also
works hard through the related modalities of education and seduction to induce the
public to conform to the narrow dictates, values, and dreams of totalizing market
society, regardless of how disruptive it is of their lives. Shouting against the evils of
big government does little to register or make visible the power of big corporations
or a govemment that serves corporate rather than democratic needs. Even as an
ecological disaster looms along the Gulf Coast, there seems to be little analysis of how
then Vice President Dick Cheney secretly convened the oil companies in order to
set the standards for energy policy in the United States, setting the stage for
eventual disasters such as the recent deep-sea oil leak in the Gulf that could have been
prevented with proper government oversight. Nor is there any public outrage of how
casino capitalism's most treasured formula of short-term investments for quick
profits ignores the possibility of deadly social costs, especially regrettable as BP
devoted little time to creating contingent plans in the event that one of its offshore
oil wells failed, which, of course, it did. Such an investment would have cut into
quick profits, and now billions will be spent, most likely taxpayers' money, to fix the
ecological and human damage done along one of the most beautiful coastlines in
America.
Market-Driven
Hysteria and
the Politics of
Death, iii
What is unique and particularly disturbing about this hyper-market-driven
notion of economics is that it makes undemocratic modes of education central to
its politics and employs a mode of pedagogy aimed at displacing and shutting
down all vestiges of the public sphere that cannot be commodified, privatized, and
commercialized. Consumers are in and citizens are out. Fear-mongering and lying
are the discourses of choice, while dialogue and thoughtfiilness are considered
weakness. To a greater extent than at any other point in liberal modemity, this regime
of Economic Darwinism now extends economic rationality "to formerly noneconomic
domains [shaping] individual conduct, or more precisely, [prescribing] the
citizen-subject of the neoliberal order."6 Most crucially, this struggle over the
construction of the market-driven consumer-subject, especially as it applies to young
people, is by and large waged outside of formal educational institutions, in
pedagogical sites and spaces that are generally privatized and extend from the traditional
and new media to conservative-funded think tanks and private schools.7 As
corporate-controlled spheres and commodity markets assume a commanding role
educating young and old alike, pedagogy is redefined as a tool of commerce
aggressively promoting the commodification of young people and the destruction of
non-commodified public spaces and institutions. I-low else to explain that it is
almost impossible to read about educational reform in the dominant media except
as a tool to educate people for the workforce? In other words, education is a form
of commerce and nothing more. Education for democracy today sounds a lot like
the idea that health care for everyone is socialism. Clearly, what we are witnessing
here is not just the rise of political theater or media-driven spectacle in American
society but a populism that harbors a deep disdain for democracy and no longer
understands how to define itself outside of the imperatives of capital accumulation,
shopping, and the willingness to view more and more individuals and groups as simply
disposable, waste products no longer worthy of the blessings of consumption.
As moral and ethical considerations are decoupled from the calculating logic
and consequences of all economic activity, the horrendous human toll in suffering
and hardship being visited upon all segments of the American population is lost in
the endless outburst of anger, if not hysteria, promoted by right-wing extremists
shouting for a return to the good old days when financial institutions and money
markets set policy, eventually ushering in one of the most serious economic crises
this country has ever faced. As the values of human solidarity, community, friend
ship, and love are once again subordinated to the notion that only markets can give
people what they want, the culture of fear and cruelty grows in proportion to the
angry protests, the threat of violence, and the unapologetic racism aimed at the
Obama administration. In part, this is exemplified in not only the endless public
pronouncements that make a market society and democracy synonymous but also
in the ongoing celebration, in spite of the near collapse of the mortgage sector, of
the excesses of the new Gilded Age. Like those reanimated corpses that endlessly
return in such classic zombie films as Dawn #the Dead, right-wing Republicans and
Democrats are back shouting from every conceivable platform to demolish any vestige
of reform that relies on "big government." The right-wing infatuation with the
word "death," as in the fictitious claim about Obama's death panels, is telling-more
a projection of their own politics than a serious critique of health care reform legislation.
Despite a change in U.S. political leadership, these forces, if left unchecked,
will continue to promote and fight for a transformation of democratic governance
and citizenship until they are both completely destroyed.
As democracy is increasingly reduced to an empty shell and the rise of a
corporate and punishing state looms heavily on the twenty-first-century horizon, the
market-driven principles of deregulation, radical individualism, and privatization
penetrate all aspects of daily life. Such market-driven values and their accompanying
power-shaping institutions now profoundly influence the very nature of how
Americans think, act, and desire. All of which are increasingly wedded to the
epicenter of a grotesque consumer culture, whose underside is a heartless indifference
to the suffering and hardship of the millions of people without jobs, homes,
childcare, and, increasingly, hope. The current fight against immigration and real
educational reform is not really just about fixing a terribly iniquitous and broken
system. lt is a struggle against the prospect of a better future for young people,
the poor, the excluded, and those struggling to stay alive in America. What are we
to make of an ideology that moves from dismantling the welfare state to embracing
the punishing state, an ideology that increasingly turns its back on those individuals
for whom the prisons are now deputized as the only welfare institutions left in America,
or, if they are lucky, who find themselves in one of the emerging tent cities found
under bridges and located in other invisible landscapewused in the past to get rid
of waste products, but now used to dump poor working-class and middle-class families.
Market-Driven
Hysteria and
the Politics of
Death, iv
Where is this hysteria going, given that we now have in office an administration
that refuses to fight for the ideals it campaigned on? We get a glimpse of where
it is going in the tirades let loose recently by people like Sarah Palin, a dumber-than
dumb version of Ayn Rand, and Representative Michele Bachmann, Republican of
Minnesota who, when she is not calling for members of Congress to be investigated
for their communist sympathies, is railing against Obama's socialism. In leading
crowds in Washington, DC, with the chant, "kill the bill," Bachmann displayed
not simply an angry protest against health care reform. On the contrary, there is a
much broader notion of politics at stake here, one in which she and others are
protesting for an utterly privatized and commodified society where corporations and
markets define politics while matters of life and death are removed from ethical
considerations, increasingly subject to cost-benefit analyses and the calculations of
potential proiit margins. In this scenario, each individual is on his or her own in
confronting the many systemic problems facing American society, each of us
responsible for our own fate, even when facing systemic problems that cannot be solved
by isolated individuals. This politics of hysteria and ruthlessness that is now on hill
display in America is not just an attack on the social state, big govemment, the
public sphere, and the common good but on the very essence of politics and democracy.
This is truly a politics of the hyper-dead, a zombie politics that celebrates death
over life.
Notes
For an excerpt of Roosevelt's call for a second bill of rights, see Bill Moyers,
"Interview with James Galbraith," Bill Moyers Journal (October 30, 2009),
http://www.pbs.org/moyers/journal/ 10302009/transcript4.html.
Ibid.
Leo Lowenthal, "Atomization of Man," False Prophets: Studies in Authoritarianism (New
Bnmswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1987), p. 182.
U.S. Census Bureau Press Release, "Income, Poverty and Health Insurance Coverage in the
United States: 2008," U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC (September 10, 2009),
http://www.census.gov/Press-Release/www/releases/archives/income__wealth/014227.htmI; Paul
Klayman, "Harvard Study: 45,000 People Die Every Year," Institute for Southern Studies
(September 18, 2009), http://www.southernstudies.org/2009/09/uninsured-die-every-year.html.
Editorial, "Lack of Health Care Led to 17,000 US Child Deaths," Agence France-Presse (October
29, 2009), www.truth.0rg/1030099?print.
Wendy Brown, Edgework: Critical Essays on Knowledge and Politics (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 2005), p. 41.
For an excellent analysis of the control of corporate power on the media, see Robert W.
Mcchesney, T/Jc Political Economy of the Media (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2008).
Torturing Children:
Bush's Legacy and
Democracy's
Failure
Nowhere is there a more disturbing, if not horrifying, example of the relationship
between a culture of cruelty and the zombie politics of irresponsibility than in the
resounding silence that surrounds the torture of children under the presidency of
George W. Bush-and the equal moral and political failure of the Obama administration
to address and rectify the conditions that made it possible. But if we are to draw
out the dark and hidden parameters of such crimes, they must be made visible so men
and women can once again refuse to orphan the law, justice, and morality. How we deal
with the issue of state terrorism and its complicity with the torture of children
will determine not merely the conditions under which we are willing to live but whether
we will live in a society in which moral responsibility disappears altogether and
whether we will come to find ourselves living under either a democratic or
authoritarian social order. This is not merely a political and ethical matter but also
a matter of how we take seriously the task of educating our selves more critically
in the fixture.
We haven't always looked away. When Emmett Till's battered, brutalized, and broken
14-year-old body was open to public viewing in Chicago after he was murdered in
Mississippi in 1955, his mother refused to have him interred in a closed casket. His
mutilated and swollen head, his face disfigured and missing an eye, made him
unrecognizable as the young, handsome boy he once was. The torture, humiliation,
and pain this innocent African American youth endured at the hands of white racists
was transformed into a sense of collective outrage and pain, and helped launch the
Civil Rights movement. Torture when inflicted on children becomes indefensible. Even
among those who believe that torture is a defensible practice to extract information,
the case for inflicting pain and abuse upon children proves impossible to support. The
image of young children being subjected to prolonged standing, handcuffed to the top
of a cell door, doused with cold water, raped, and shocked with electrodes boggles
the mind. These corrupting, degenerate, and despicable practices reveal the utter
moral depravity underlying the rationales used to defend torture as a viable war
tactic.
There is an undeniable pathological outcome when the issue of national security
becomes more important than the survival of morality itself resulting in some cases in
the deaths of thousands of children-and with little public outrage. For instance, then
Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, appearing on the national television program 60
Minutcs in 1996, was asked by Leslie Stahl for her reaction to the killing of half a
million Iraqi children in five years as a result of the U.S. blockade. Stahl pointedly
asked her, "We have heard that a half million children have died. I mean, that's more
children than died in Hiroshima. And, you know, is the price worth it?" Albright
replied, "I think this is a very hard choice, but the price-we think the price is
worth it."1 The comment was barely reported in the mainstream media and
produced no outrage among the American public. As Rahul Mahajan points out, "The
inference that Albright and the terrorists may have shared a common rationale-a
belief that the deaths of thousands of innocents are a price worth paying to achieve
one's political ends-does not seem to be one that can be made in the U.S. mass media."2
More recentlyg Michael Haas has argued that in spite of the ample evidence that
the United States has both detained and abused what may be hundreds of children
in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Guantanamo, there has been almost no public debate
about the issue and precious few calls for prosecuting those responsible for the
torture. He writes:
The mistreatment of children is something not so funny that has been neglected on
the road to investigations of and calls for prosecution of those responsible for
torture. George W. Bush has never been asked about the abuse of children in
American-run prisons in the "war on terror." It is high time for Bush and others to be
held accountable for what is arguably the most egregious of all their war crimewthe
abuse and death of children, who should never have been anestcd in the first place.
The best kept secret of Bush's war crimes is that thousands of children have been
imprisoned, tortured, and otherwise denied rights under the Geneva Conventions and
related international agreements. Yet both Congress and the media have strangely
failed to identify the very existence of child prisoners as a war crime.3
Torturing Children:
Bush's Legacy and
Democracy's
Failure, ii
While it is difficult to confirm how many children have actually been detained,
sexually abused, and tortured by the Bush administration, there is ample evidence that
such practices have taken place not only from the accounts of numerous journalists
but also in a number of legal reports. One of the most profoundly disturbing
and documented cases of the torture of a child in the custody of U.S. forces is that
of Mohammed Jawad, who was captured in Afghanistan after he allegedly threw a
hand grenade at a military vehicle that injured an Afghan interpreter and two U.S.
soldiers. He was immediately arrested by the local Afghan police, who tortured him
and consequently elicited a confession from him. An Afghan Attorney General, in
a letter to the U.S. government, claimed that jawad was 12 years old when captured,
indicating that he was still in primary school, though other sources claim he was
around 15 or 16.4 ]awad denied the charges made against him by the Afghan
police, claiming that "they tortured me.They beat me. They beat me a lot. One person
told me, 'If you don't confess, they are going to kill you.' So, I told them any
thing they wanted to hear."5
On the basis of a confession obtained through torture, _Iawad was turned over
to U.S. forces and detained first at Bagram and later at Guantanamo. This child,
caught in the wild zone of permanent war and illegal legalities, has spent more than
six years as a detainee. Unfortunately, the Obama administration, even after admitting
that Jawad had been tortured illegally; has asked the court to detain him so that
it can decide whether or not it Wallt's to bring a criminal charge against him. After
a federal judge claimed the government's case was "riddled with holes," the Obama
administration decided it would no longer consider _Iawad a "military detainee but
would be held for possible prosecution in American civilian courts."6 This shameful
decision takes place against any sense of reason or modicum of morality and
justice.
Even Jawad's former military prosecutor, Lt. Col. Darrel Vandeveld, a Bronze Star
recipient, has stated that there "is no credible evidence or legal basis" to continue
his detention and that he does not represent a risk to anyone.7 In an
affidavit filed with the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), he claimed "that
at least three other Afghans had been arrested for the crime and had subsequently
confessed, casting considerable doubt on the claim that Mr. Jawad was solely
responsible for the attack."8 It gets worse: Vandeveld also pointed out
that the confession obtained by the Afghan police and used as the cornerstone of the
Bush administrations case against Jawad could not have been written by him because
"Jawad was fictionally illiterate and could not read or write [and] the statement was
not even in his native language of Pashto."9 The ACLU points out that
"the written statement [that] allegedly contain[s] Mohammed's confession and thumb
print is in Farsi," which Jawad does not read, write, or speak.10
Vandeveld was so repulsed by the fact that all of the evidence used against Jawad
was forcibly obtained through torture that he "first demanded that Jawad be released,
then, when Bush officials refused, unsuccessfully demanded to be relieved of his duty
to prosecute and then finally resigned."11 Since resigning, he is now a
key witness in Jawad's defense and works actively with the ACLU to get him
released. As Bob Herbert has written, "There is no credible evidence against Jawad,
and his torture-induced confession has rightly been ruled inadmissible by a
military judge. But the administration does not feel that he has suffered enough."12
And yet Jawad was the subject of egregious and repugnant acts of torture from the
moment he was captured in Afghanistan and later turned over to American forces.
In a sworn affidavit, Colonel Vandeveld stated that Jawad had undergone
extensive abuse at Bagram for approximately two months: "The abuse included the
slapping of Mr. Jawad across the face while Mr. Jawad's head was covered with a
hood, as well as Mr. Jawad's having been shoved down a stairwell while both hooded
and shackled."13 As soon as Jawad arrived at Bagram, the abuse began, with him
being forced to pose for nude photographs and undergo a strip search in front of a
number of witnesses. He was also blindfolded and hooded while interrogated and
"told to hold on to a water bottle that he believed was actually a bomb that could
explode at any moment."14 In addition, while in the custody of U.S. forces, he was
subjected to severe abuse and torture. According to the ACLU:
U.S. personnel subjected Mohammed to beatings, forced him into so-called "stress positions,"
forcibly hooded him, placed him in physical and linguistic isolation, pushed him down stairs,
chained him to a wall for prolonged periods, and subjected him to threats including threats
to kill him, and other intimidation. U.S. forces also subjected Mohammed to sleep
deprivation; interrogators' notes indicate that Mohammed was so disoriented at one point that
he did not know whether it was day or night. Mohammed was also intimidated, frightened
and deeply disturbed by the sounds of screams from other prisoners and rumours of other
prisoners being beaten to death.15
Torturing Children:
Bush's Legacy and
Democracy's
Failure, iii
The specifics of the conditions at Bagram under which _Iawad was confined as a child
are spelled out in a military interrogator's report:
While at the BCP (Bagram Collection Point) he described the isolation cell as a small room
on the second floor made of wood .... He stated that while he was held in the isolation cells,
they kept him restrained in handcuffs and a hood over his head, also making him drink lots
of water. He said the guards made him stand up and if he sat down, he would be
beaten .... [He] stated that he was made to stand to keep him from sleeping and said when
he sat down the guards would open the cell door, grab him by the throat and stand him up.
He said they would also kick him and make him fall over, as he was wearing leg shackles
and was unable to take large steps. He said the guards would fasten his handcuffs to the
isolation cell door so he would be unable to sit down .... [He] said due to being kicked and
beating at the BCR he experienced chest pains and dificulty with urination."16
The interrogations, abuse, and isolation daily proved so debilitating physically and
mentally that Jawad told military personnel at Bagram that he was contemplating
suicide. What must be kept in mind is that this victim of illegal abuse and torture
was only a juvenile, still in his teens and not even old enough to vote in the United
States. Unfortunately, the torture and abuse of this child continued as he was transferred
to Guantanamo. Starved for three days before the trip, given only sips of water,
he arrived in Cuba on February 3, 2003, and was subjected to physical and linguistic
isolation for 30 days-the only human contact being with interrogators.
In October 2003, he underwent another 30-day period of solitary confinement. The
interrogators displayed a ruthlessness with this young boy that is hard to imagine,
all in the absence of legal counsel for Jawad. For instance, "Military records from
throughout 2003 indicate that Mohammed repeatedly cried and asked for his
mother during interrogation. Upon information and belief; before one interrogation,
Mohammed fainted, complained of dizziness and stomach pain, but was
given an IV and forced to go through with the interrogation."17 Driven to despair
over his treatment, Jawad attempted suicide on December 25, 2003. Hints of such
despair had been observed by one interrogator, who approached a military psychologist
and asked that the "techniques being applied to Jawad should be temporarily
halted because they were causing him to dissociate, to crack up without providing
good information."18
These techniques were particularly severe and, as Meteor Blades points out, can
cause "physical deterioration, panic, rage, loss of appetite, lethargy, paranoia,
hallucinations, self-mutilation, cognitive dysfunction, disorientation and mental
break downs, any of which, alone or in combination, can spur the detainee to give
interrogators more information than he might otherwise surrender."l9 Not only did
Army Lieutenant Colonel Diane M. Zeirhoffer, a licensed psychologist, refuse to
stop the abuse, which she had ordered; she also-according to the testimony of
Lieutenant Colonel Vandeveld-engaged in a psychological assessment not to
"assist in identifying and treating any emotional or psychological disturbances Mr.
Jawad might have been suffering from. It was instead conducted to assist the
interrogators in extracting information from Mr. Jawad, even exploiting his mental
vulnerabilities to do so .... From my perspective, this officer had employed his or
her professional training and expertise in a profoundly unethical manner."20
This is an egregious example of how the war on ICITOI, its reign of illegal
legalities, and its supportive culture of cruelty transforms members of a profession
who take an oath to "do no harm" into military thugs who use their professional
skills in the service of CIA and military interrogations and detainee torture-even
the almost unspeakable torture of juveniles. The abuse of Jawad, bordering on
Gestapo like sadism, continued after his attempted suicide. From May 7-20, 2004, he was
subjected to what military interrogators called the "frequent flyer" program, which
was a systemic regime of sleep disruption and deprivation. In order to disrupt his
sleep cycle, Jawad, according to military records, "was moved between two different
cells 112 times, on average every two hours and 50 minutes, day and night. Every
time he was moved, he was shackled."21 As a result of this abuse, "Mohammed's
medical records indicate that significant health effects he suffered during this time
include blood in his urine, bodily pain, and a weight loss of 10% from April 2004
to May 2004."22 At a June 2008 military commission hearing, Jawad's U.S. military
lawyer inquired as to why "someone in a position of authority and not just the
guards" was not being held accountable for Jawad's subjection to the "frequent
flyer" program.23 The government refused to supply any names or prosecute any
one involved in the program, citing their right to privacy, as if such a right overrides
"allegations of torture or other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or
punishment and the right of victims of human rights violations to remedy."24
Torturing Children:
Bush's Legacy and
Democracy's
Failure, iv
The torture and abuse of the child detainee Mohammed Jawad continued up
to about June 2, 2008, when he was "beaten, kicked, and pepper-sprayed while he
was on the ground with his feet and hands in shackles, for allegedly not
complying with guards' instructions. Fifteen days later, there were still
visible marks consistent with physical abuse on his body, including his arms,
knees, shoulder, forehead, and ribs."25 How the Obama administration could possibly
defend building a criminal case against Mohammed Jawad, given that he was under 18
years of age at the time of his arrest and had endured endless years of torture and
abuse at the hands of the U.S. government, raises serious questions about the
ethical and political integrity of this government and its alleged commitment
to human rights.
The case against this young man was so weak that Judge Ellen Segal Huvelle
has not only accused the government of "dragging [the case] out for no good reason,"
but also expressed alarm at how weak the government's case was, stating in a
refusal to give them an extension to amass new evidence against Jawad, "You'd better
go consult real quick with the powers that be, because this is a case that's been
screaming at everybody for years. This case is an outrage to me .... I am not going
to sit up here and wait for you to come up with new evidence at this late hour...
This case is in shambles."26 On July 30, 2009, Judge Huvelle ordered the Obama
administration to release Jawad by late August. She stated, "After this horrible, long,
tortured history, I hope the government will succeed in getting him back
home .... Enough has been imposed on this young man to date."27 The New York
Times reported, in what can only be interpreted as another example of bad faith on
the part of the Obama administration, that the justice Department responded to
Judge Huvelle's ruling by suggesting that "they were studying whether to file civilian
criminal charges against Mr. Jawad. If they do, officials say, he could be
transferred to the United States to face charges, instead of being sent to Afghanistan,
where his lawyers say he would be released to his mother."28 In August of 2009,
Mohammed Jawad was flown from Cuba to Afghanistan and released to his family. The U.S.
government claims the criminal investigation is still open, but the
chance of such an investigation taking place is now unlikely.
Even more disturbing are statements by Jawad's defense lawyers claiming that
the witnesses who may be used in bringing a criminal case against Jawad were paid
by the government for their testimony. According to U.S. Marine Corps Major Eric
Montalvo, one of Jawad's lawyers, all of the alleged witnesses "received some sort
of U.S. govemment compensation, from shoes and a trip to the United States to
$400 for cooperation, which is a princely sum in Afghanistan."29 This type of
moral deception and sleazy illegality is straight from the playbook of high-level
Republican operatives in the Bush/Cheney administration. Moreover, this response
goes to the heart of the contradiction between Obama as an iconic symbol of a more
democratic and hopeful future and the reality of an administration that is capable
of reproducing some of the worst policies of the Bush administration.
Jawad's case is about more than legal incompetence. It is also about the descent
into the "dark side" of a zombie politics where a culture of cruelty reigns and the
rule of law is on the side of the most frightening of antidemocratic practices, pointing
to a society in which terror becomes as totalizing as the loss of any sense of ethical
responsibility. Torture of this type, especially of a child, would appear to have
more in common with the techniques used by the Cvestapo, Pol Pot, the Pinochet
thugs in Chile, and the military junta in Argentina in the 1970s rather than with
the United States-or at least the democratic country the United States has historically
claimed to be.
Notes
See, for example, Rahul Mahajan, "We Think the Price Is Worth It," Fairness & Accuracy in
Reporting (November/December 2001), http://www.Fair.org/index.php?page=1084.
Ibid.
Michael Haas, "Children, Unlamented Victims of Bush War Crimes," FactPlatform (May 4,
2009), http://www.factjo.com/Manbar_En/MemberDetails.aspx?ld=187; and Michael Haas,
George W Bush, War Criminal?: The Bush Administration's Liability for 269 War Crimes (Westport,
CT: Praeger Publishers, 2009).
Will Mathews, "Government Seeks to Continue Detaining Mohammed Jawad at Guantanamo
Despite Lack of Evidence," CommonDreams.org (July 24, 2009), http://www.commondreams.org/pring/45088; and ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Cited in Andy Worthington, "The Case of Mohammed Jawad," Counterpunch (October 17,
2007), http://www.counterpunch.org/worthington1017200.html.
William Glaberson, "Government Might Allow U.S. Trial for Detainee," The New York Times
(July 25, 2009), p. A14.
ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus, "Amended Petition for Writ of`Habeas Corpus on
Behalf of Mohammed Jawad," June 2009, http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/natsec/amended_jawad
_2009113.pd£ "Amended Petition."
Ibid.
Ibid.
Glenn Greenwald, "Mohammed Jawad and Obama's Efforts to Suspend Military Commissions,"
Salon.com (January 21, 2009), http://www.salon.com/opinion/greenwald/2009/01/21/
Guantanamo/.
Bob Herbert, "How Long ls Enough?", The New York Times (June 30, 2009), p. A21.
Colonel Vandeveld's sworn affidavit is included in the ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas
Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Ibid.
Ibid.
Amnesty International, United States of America-From Ill-Treatment to Unfair Trial: The Case
of Mohammed Jawad, Child Enemy Combatant (London: Amnesty International, 2008), pp.
12-13.
ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Meteor Blades, "Army Psychologist Pleads 'Fifth' in Case of Prisoner 900," DailyKos (August
14, 2008), http://www.dailykos.com/story/2008/8/14/202414/685/395/568118.
Ibid.
Colonel Vandeveld's sworn affidavit is included in the ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas
Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Amnesty International, United States of America, p. 20.
ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Amnesty International, United States of America, p. 31.
Ibid.
ACLU Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus, "Amended Petition."
Cited in Jason Leopold, "Obama Administration Cooks Up New Legal Argument for Detaining
Guantanamo Prisoner," Truthout (July 28, 2009), http://www.truthout.org/072809.
Valtin, "So Ordered': U.S. to Release Mohammed Jawad After Six Years of False Imprisonment,"
Daily Kos (July 30, 2009), http://www.dailykos.com/story/2009/7/30/18119/5521.
William Glaberson, "Judge Orders Release of Young Detainee at Guantanamo," The New York
Times (July 31, 2009), P. A14.
Cited in Daphine Eviatar, "Military Lawyer Claims US Paid Guantanamo Prosecution
Witnesses," The Washington Independent (August 5, 2009), http://washingtonindependence.com/
53655/gitmo-detainee-claims-u-s-paid-prosecution-witnesses.
SECTION II
Zombie Theater and
the Spectacle of
Illiteracy
Wright Mills argued fifty years ago that one important measure of the demise of
vibrant democracy and the corresponding impoverishment of political life can be found
in the increasing inability ofa society to translate private troubles to broader
public issues.1 This is an issue that both characterizes and threatensens
any viable notion of democracy in the United States in the current historical moment.
In an alleged post-racist democracy, the image of the public sphere with its appeal
to dialogue and shared responsibility has given way to
the spectacle of unbridled intolerance, ignorance, seething private fears,
unchecked anger, and the decoupling of reason from freedom. Increasingly, as
witnessed in the utter disrespect and not-so-latent racism expressed by Joe Wilson,
the Republican congressman from South Carolina, who shouted "You lie!" during
President Obama's address on health care, the obligation to listen, respect the
views of others, and engage in a literate exchange is increasingly reduced to the
highly spectacularized embrace of an infantile emotionalism. This is an emotionalism
that is made for television. It is perfectly suited for emptying the language of
public life of all substantive content, reduced in the end to a playground for
hawking commodities, promoting celebrity culture, and enacting the spectacle of
right-wing fantasies fueled by the fear that the public sphere as an exclusive
club for white male Christians is in danger of collapsing. For some critics, those
who carry guns to rallies or claim Obama is a Muslim and not a bona fide citizen
of the United States are simply representative of an extremist fringe that gets
far more publicity from the mainstream media than they deserve. Of course this is
understandable, given that the media's desire for balance and objective news is not
just disengenuous but relinquishes any sense of ethical responsibility by failing to
make a distinction between an informed argument and an unsubstantiated opinion.
Witness the racist hysteria unleashed by so many Americans and the media over the
building of an Islamic cultural center near Ground Zero.
The collapse of journalistic standards finds its counterpart in the rise of civic
illiteracy. An African American president certainly makes the Rush Limbaughs of
the world even more irrational than they already are, just as the lunatic fringe
seems to be able to define itself only through a mode of thought whose first
principle is to disclaim logic itself. But I think this dismissal is too easy. What
this decline in civility, the emergence of mob behavior, and the utter blurring in
the media between a truth and a lie suggest is that we have become one of the most
illiterate nations on the planet. I don't mean illiterate in the sense of not being
able to read, though we have far too many people who are functionally illiterate
in a so-called advanced democracy, a point that writers such as Chris Hedges, Susan
]acoby, and the late Richard Hofstadter made clear in their informative books on
the rise of anti-intellectualism in American life.2 I am talking about a
different species of ignorance and anti-intellectualism. Illiterate in this instance
refers to the inability on the part of much of the American public to grasp private
troubles and the meaning of the self in relation to larger public problems and
social relations. It is a form of illiteracy that points less to the lack of
technical skills and the absence of certain competencies than to a deficit in the
realms of politics. One that subverts both critical thinking and the notion of
literacy as both critical interpretation and the possibility of intervention in the
world. This type of illiteracy is not only incapable of dealing with complex and
contested questions, it is also an excuse for glorifying the principle of self-
interest as a paradigm for understanding politics. This is a form of illiteracy
marked by the inability to see outside of the realm of the privatized self;
an illiteracy in which the act of translation withers, reduced to a relic of
another age. The United States is a country that is increasingly defined by a
civic deficit, a chronic and deadly form of civic illiteracy that points to the
failure of both its educational system and the growing ability of anti-democratic
forces to use the educational force of the culture to promote the new illiteracy.
As this widespread illiteracy has come to dominate American culture, we have moved
from a culture of questioning to a culture of shouting and in doing so have
restaged politics and power in both unproductive and anti-democratic ways.
Think of the forces at work in the larger culture that work overtime to situate
us within a privatized world of fantasy, spectacle, and resentment that is entirely
removed from larger social problems and public concerns. For instance, corporate
culture with its unrelenting commercials carpet-bombs our audio and visual fields
with the message that the only viable way to define ourselves is to shop and consume
in an orgy of private pursuits. Popular culture traps us in the privatized universe
of celebrity culture, urging us to define ourselves through the often empty and
trivialized and highly individualized interests of celebrities. Pharmaceutical
companies urge us to deal with our problems, largely produced by economic and
political forces out of our control, by taking a drug, one that will both chill us
out and increase their profit margins. (This has now become an educational measure
applied increasingly and indiscriminately to children in our schools.) Pop
psychologists urge us to simply think positively give each other hugs, and pull
ourselves up by the bootstraps while also insisting that those who confront reality
and its mix of complex social issues are, as Chris Hedges points out, defeatists, a
negative force that inhibits "our inner essence and power."3 There is also
the culture of militarization, which permeates all aspects of our lives from our
classrooms and the screen culture of reality television to the barrage of violent
video games and the blood letting in sports such as popular wrestling endlessly at
work in developing modes of masculinity that celebrate toughness, violence, cruelty,
moral indifference, and misogyny.
SECTION II
Zombie Theater and
the Spectacle of
Illiteracy, ii
All of these forces, whose educational influence should never be underestimated,
constitute a new type of illiteracy, a kind of civic illiteracy in which it becomes
increasingly impossible to connect the everyday problems that people face with larger
social forces-thus depoliticizing their own sense of agency and making politics
itself an empty gesture. Is it any wonder that politics is now mediated through a
spectacle of anger, violence, humiliation, and rage that mimics the likes of Tbe Jerry
Springer Show? It is not that we have become a society of the spectacle-though that
is partly true-but that we have fallen prey to a new kind of illiteracy in which the
distinction between illusion and reality is lost, just as the ability to experience our
feelings of discontent, and our fears of uncertainty are reduced to private troubles,
paralyzing us in a sea of resentment waiting to be manipulated by extremists
extending from religious fanatics to right-wing radio hosts. This is a prescription
for a kind of rage that looks for easy answers, demands a heightened emotional
release, and resents any attempts to think through the connection between our
individual woes and any number of larger social forces. A short list of such forces
would include an unchecked system of finance, the anti-democratic power of the
corporate state, the rise of multinationals and the destruction of the manufacturing
base, and the privatization of public schooling along with its devaluing of
education as a public good. As the public collapses into the personal, the personal
becomes "the only politics there is, the only politics with a tangible referent or
emotional valence,"4 the formative educational and political conditions
that make a democracy possible begin to disappear. Under such circumstances, the
language of the social is either devalued, pathologized, or ignored, and all dreams of
the future are now modeled around the narcissistic, privatized, and self-indulgent
needs of consumer and celebrity culture and the dictates of the allegedly free market.
How else to explain the rage against big government but barely a peep against the rule
of big corporations who increasingly control not only the government but almost every
vital aspect of our lives from health care to the quality of our environment?
Stripped of its ethical and political importance, the public has been largely
reduced to a space where private interests are displayed, and the social order
increasingly mimics a giant Dx Pbil show where notions of the public register as simply a
conglomeration of private woes, tasks, conversations, and problems. Most importantly,
as the very idea of the social collapses into an utterly privatized discourse,
everyday politics is decoupled from its democratic moorings, and it becomes more
difficult for people to develop a vocabulary for understanding how private problems
and public issues constitute the very lifeblood of a vibrant politics and democracy
itself This is worth repeating. Emptied of any substantial content, democracy
appears imperiled as individuals are unable to translate their privately suffered misery
into genuine public debate, social concerns, and collective action. This is a
form of illiteracy that is no longer marginal to American society but is increasingly
becoming one of its defining and more frightening features.
The raging narcissism that seems to shape every ad, film, television program,
and appeal now mediated through the power of the corporate state and consumer
society is not merely a clinical and individual problem. It is the basis for a new kind
of mass illiteracy that is endlessly reproduced through the venues of a number of
anti-democratic institutions and forces that eschew critical debate, self-reflection,
critical analysis, and certainly modes of dissent that call the totality of a society into
question. As American society becomes incapable of questioning itself the new
illiteracy parades as just its opposite. We are told that education is about learning how
to take tests rather than learning how to think critically. We are told that anything
that does not make us feel good is not worth bothering with. We are told that character
is the only measure of how to judge people who are the victims of larger social
forces that are mostly out of their control. When millions of people are unemployed,
tossed out of their homes, homeless, or living in poverty, the language of character,
pop psychology, consumerism, and celebrity culture are more than a diversion:
they are fundamental to the misdirected anger, mob rule, and illiteracy that frames
the screaming, racism, lack of civility, and often sheer and legitimate desperation.
Authoritarianism is often abetted by an inability of the public to grasp how
questions of power, politics, history, and public consciousness are mediated at the
interface of private issues and public concems. The ability to translate private problems
into social considerations is fundamental to what it means to reactivate political
sensibilities and conceive of ourselves as critical citizens, engaged public
intellectuals, and social agents. _lust as an obsession with the private is at odds
with a politics informed by public consciousness, it also burdens politics by stripping
it of the kind of political imagination and collective hope necessary for a viable notion
of meaning, hope, and political agency.
SECTION II
Zombie Theater and
the Spectacle of
Illiteracy, iii
Civic literacy is about more than enlarging the realm of critique and affirming
the social. It is also about public responsibility, the struggle over democratic public
life, and the importance of critical education in a democratic society The U.S.
government is more than willing to invest billions in wars, lead the world in arms sales,
and give trillions in tax cuts to the ultra-rich but barely acknowledges the need to
invest in those educational and civic institutionwfrom schools to the arts to a
massive jobs creation program-that enable individuals to be border crossers, capable
of connecting the private and the public as part of a more vibrant understanding of
politics, identity, agency, and governance. The new illiteracy is not the cause of our
problems, which are deeply rooted in larger social, economic, and political forces that
have marked the emergence of the corporate state, a deadly form of racism parading
as color blindness, and a ruthless market fundamentalism since the 1970s, but
it is a precondition for locking individuals into a system in which they are
complicitous in their own exploitation, disposability, and potential death.
The new illiteracy is about more than not knowing how to read the book or the
word; it is about not knowing how to read the world. The challenge it poses in a
democracy is one of both learning how to reclaim literacy so as to be able to
narrate oneself and the world from a position of agency. But it is also about
unlearning those modes of learning that internalize modes of ignorance based on the
concerted refusal to know, be self-reflective, and act with principled dignity. It is a
problem as serious as any we have ever faced in the United States. At the core of
any viable democratic politics is the ability to question the assumptions central to
an imagined democracy. This is not merely a political issue but an educational issue,
one that points to the need for modes of civic education that provide the knowledge
and competencies for young and old alike to raise important questions about
what education and literacy itself should accomplish in a democracy.5 This is not
an issue we can ignore too much longer.
Notes
C. Wright Mills, The Sociological Imagination (New York: Oxford University Press, 1959). See
also the brilliant Richard Sennett, The Fall of Public Man (New York: W.W. Norton, 1992).
Richard Hofstadter, Anti-Intellectualism in American Life (New York: Vintage, 1966); Susan
Jacoby, The Age of American Unreason (New York: Vintage, 2009); Chris Hedges, Empire of Illusion
(Toronto: Knopf Canada, 2009).
Chris Hedges, "Celebrity Culture and the Obama Brand," Tikkun (January/February 2010).
http://www.tikkun.org/article.php/jan10_hedges
Jean Comaroff and John L. Comaroff "Millennial Capitalism: First Thoughts on a Second
Coming," Public Culture 12:2 (2000), pp. 305-306.
Zygmunt Bauman, "Introduction," Society under Siege (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2002), p. 170.
Zombie Politics
and the
Challenge of
Right-Wing
Teaching Machines
Paul Krugman, the Nobel Prize-winning economist, echoing the feelings of
many progressives, in 2009 wrote in The New York Times about how dismayed
he was over the success that right-wing ideologues had in undercutting Obama's
health care bill-watering it down to a shadow of what it could have been before
it finally became law. He further indicated how unsettled he was by the ability of
conservatives to mobilize enormous public support against almost any reform
aimed at rolling back the economic, political, and social conditions that have
created the economic recession and the legacy of enormous suffering and hardship
for millions of Americans over the last thirty years.1 Krugman is somewhat astonished
that after almost three decades the political scene is still under the sway of what he
calls the "zombie doctrine of Reaganism"-the notion that any action by government is
bad, except when it benefits the military, corporations, and thc rich. Clearly,
for Krugman, zombie Reaganism appears once again to be shaping policies under
the Obama regime.
And yet, updated neoliberal Reaganism with its hatred of the social state, its
celebration of unbridled self-interest, its endless quest to privatize everything, and
its unflinching support for the deregulation of the economic system eventually
brought the country to economic near-collapse. It also produced enormous
suffering for those who never benefited from the excesses of the second Gilded Age,
especially unemployed and underemployed workers, the poor, disadvantaged minorities,
and eventually large segments of the middle class. And yet zombie politics or casino
capitalism is back fighting efforts to strengthen bank regulations, resisting caps on
CEO bonuses, preventing climate control legislation, and refusing to limit
military spending. Unlike other pundits, Krugman does not merely puzzle over how
zombie politics can keep turning up on the political scene, a return not unlike the
endless corpses who keep coming back to life in George Romero's 1968 classic film,
Night of the Living Dead (think of Bill Kristol, who seems to be wrong about every
thing but just keeps coming back like a character in a Romero film). Krugman takes
the reader beyond mere puzzlement and argues that a wacky and allegedly discredited
right-wing politics is far from dead. In fact, Krugman argues that one of the
great challenges of the current moment is to try to understand the conditions that
have allowed it to once again shape American politics and culture, given the enormous
problems, including the current recession, it has produced at all levels of
American society in the last thirty years.
Part of the explanation for the enduring quality of such a destructive politics
can be found in the lethal combination of money power, and education that the right
wing has had a stranglehold on since the early 1970s. Financial power plus an
insightful understanding of the importance of cultural politics has allowed
conservatives to use their influence to develop an institutional infrastructure
and ideological apparatus to produce their own intellectuals, disseminate ideas,
and eventually control most of the commanding heights and institutions in which
knowledge is produced, circulated, and legitimated. This is not simply a story
about the rise of mean-spirited buffoons such as Glerm Beck, Bill O'Reill}g and
Michael Savage. Nor is it simply a story about the loss of language, a growing
anti-intellectualism in the larger culture, or the spread of what some have called
a new illiteracy endlessly being produced in popular culture. As important as these
tendencies are, there is some thing more at stake here that points to a combination
of power, money, and education in the service of creating an almost lethal restriction
on what can be heard, said, learned, and debated in the public sphere. And one
starting point for under standing this problem is what has been called the Powell
Memo-released on August 23, 1971-authored by Lewis F. Powell, who would later be
appointed to the Supreme Court of the United States. Powell sent the memo to the
U.S. Chamber of Commerce with the title "Attack on the American Free Enterprise
System."
This memo is important because it reveals the power that conservatives attributed
to the political nature of education and the significance this view had in shaping
the long-term strategy they put into place in the 1960s and 1970s to win an
ideological war against liberal intellectuals, who argued for holding government and
corporate power accountable as a precondition for extending and expanding the
promise of an inclusive democracy. The current concerted assault on government
and any other institutions not dominated by free-market principles represents the
high point of a fifty-year strategy that was first put into place by conservative
ideologues such as Frank Chodorov, the founder of the Intercollegiate Studies Institute;
publisher and author Wil.liam R Buckley; former Nixon Treasury Secretary William
Simon; and Michael ]oyce, the former head of both the Olin Foundation and the
Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation. The Powell Memo is important because it
is the most succinct statement, if not the founding document, for establishing a
theoretical framework and political blueprint for the current assault on any vestige of
democratic public life that does not subordinate itself to the logic of the allegedly
free market.
Zombie Politics
and the
Challenge of
Right-Wing
Teaching Machines, ii
Initially, Powell identified the American college campus "as the single most
dynamic source" for producing and housing intellectuals "who are unsympathetic
to the [free] enterprise system."2 He was particularly concerned about the
lack of conservatives in social sciences faculties and urged his supporters to use an
appeal to academic freedom as an opportunity to argue for "political balance" on
university campuses. Powell recognized that one crucial strategy in changing the
political composition of higher education was to convince university administrators
and boards of trustees that the most fundamental problem facing universities was "the
imbalance of many faculties."3 Powell insisted that "the basic concepts of
balance, fairness and truth are difficult to resist, if properly presented to boards
of trustees, by writing and speaking, and by appeals to alumni associations and
groups."4 But Powell was not only concerned about what he perceived as the
need to enlist higher education as a bastion of conservative, free-market ideology.
The Powell Memo was designed to develop a broad-based strategy both to counter
dissent and develop a material and ideological infiastructure with the capability to
transform the American public consciousness through a conservative pedagogical
commitment to reproduce the knowledge, values, ideology, and social relations of the
corporate state. For Powell, the war against liberalism and a substantive democracy
was primarily a pedagogical and political struggle designed both to win the hearts
and minds of the general public and to build a power base capable of eliminating
those public spaces, spheres, and institutions that nourish and sustain what Samuel
Huntington would later call (in a 1975 study on the "governability of democracies"
by the Trilateral Commission) an "excess of democracy."5
Central to such efforts was Powell's insistence that conservatives nourish a new
generation of scholars who would inhabit the university and function as public
intellectuals actively shaping the direction of policy issues. He also advocated
the creation of a conservative speaker's bureau, staffed by scholars capable of
evaluating "textbooks, especially in economics, political science and sociology."6
In addition, he advocated organizing a corps of conservative public intellectuals
who would monitor the dominant media, publish their own scholarly journals, books,
and pamphlets, and invest in advertising campaigns to enlighten the American people
on conservative issues and policies.
The Powell Memo, while not the only influence, played an important role in
convincing a "cadre of ultraconservative and self-mythologizing millionaires bent
on rescuing the country from the hideous grasp of Satanic liberalism"7
to match their ideological fervor with their pocketbooks by "disbursing the collective
sum of roughly $3 billion over a period of thirty years in order to build a network of
public intellectuals, think tanks, advocacy groups, foundations, media outlets, and
powerful lobbying interests."8 As Dave Johnson points out, the initial
effort was slow but effective:
In 1973, in response to the Powell memo, Joseph Coors and Christian-right leader Paul
Weyrich founded the Heritage Foundation. Coors told Lee Edwards, historian of the
Heritage Foundation, that the Powell memo persuaded him that American business was
"ignoring a crisis." In response, Coors decided to help provide the seed fimding for
the creation of what was to become the Heritage Foundation, giving $250,000.
Subsequently, the Olin Foundation, under the direction of its president, former
Treasury Secretary William Simon (author of the influential 1979 book A Time for
Truth), began funding similar organizations in concert with "the Four Sisters"-
Richard Mellon Scaife's various foundations, the Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation,
the Olin Foundation and the Smith Richardson Foundation-along with Coors's
foundations, foundations associated with the Koch oil family, and a group of large
corporations.9
Zombie Politics
and the
Challenge of
Right-Wing
Teaching Machines, iii
The most powerful members of this group were ]oseph Coors in Denver, Richard
Mellon Scaife in Pittsburgh, John Olin in New York City, David and Charles
Koch in Wichita, the Smith Richardson family in North Carolina, and Harry
Bradley in Milwaukee-all of whom agreed to finance a number of right-wing think
tanks, which over the past forty years have come to include the Lynde and Harry
Bradley Foundation, the Koch Foundation, the Castle Rock Foundation, and the
Sarah Scaife Foundation. This formidable alliance of far-right-wing foundations
deployed their resources in building and strategically linking "an impressive array
of almost 500 think tanks, centers, institutes and concerned citizens groups both
within and outside of the academy...." A small sampling of these entities includes
the Cato Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute, the
Manhattan Institute, the Hoover Institution, the Claremont Institute, the American
Council of Trustees and Alumni, [the] Middle East Forum, Accuracy in Media, and
the National Association of Scholars, as well as [David] Horowitz's Center for the
Study of Popular Culture."10
For several decades, right-wing extremists have labored to put into place an ultra-
conservative re-education machine-an apparatus for producing and disseminating a
public pedagogy in which everything tainted with the stamp of liberal origin and the
word "public" would be contested and destroyed. Commenting on the rise of this vast
right-wing propaganda machine organized to promote the idea that democracy needs less
critical thought and more citizens whose only role is to consume, well-known author
Lewis Lapham writes:
The quickening construction of Santa's workshops outside the walls of government and the
academy resulted in the increased production of pamphlets, histories, monographs, and
background briefings intended to bring about the ruin of the liberal ideal in all its
institutionalized forms-the demonization of the liberal press, the disparagement of
liberal sentiment, the destruction of liberal education-and by the time Ronald Reagan
arrived in triumph at the White House in 1980 the assembly lines were operating at
full capacity."11
Any attempt to understand and engage the current right-wing assault on all vestiges
of the social contract, the social state, and democracy itself will have to begin
with challenging this massive infrastructure, which functions as one of the most
powerful teaching machines we have seen in the United States, a teaching machine
that produces a culture that is increasingly poisonous and detrimental not just to
liberalism but to the formative culture that makes an aspiring democracy possible. The
presence of this ideological infrastructure extending from the media to other sites
of popular education suggests the need for a new kind of debate, one that is not
limited to isolated issues such as health care, but is more broad based and
fundamental, a debate about how power, inequality, and money constrict the educational,
economic, and political conditions that make democracy possible. The screaming
harpies and mindless anti-public "intellectuals" who dominate the media today are
not the problem: it is the conditions that give rise to the institutions that put them
in place, finance them, and drown out other voices. What must be clear is that this
threat to creating a critically informed citizenry is not merely about a crisis of
communication and language but also about the ways in which money and power
create the educational conditions that make a mockery out of debate while hijacking
any trace of democracy.
Notes
Paul Krugman, "All the President's Zombies," The New York Times (August 24, 2009),
p. A17. https://www.nytimes.com/2009/08/24/opinion/24krugman.html
Lewis F. Powell, Jr., "The Powell Memo," Reclaim Democracy.org (August 23, 1971),
https://reclaimdemocracy.org/powell_memo_lewis/.
Ibid.
Ibid.
See Michael R Crozier, Samuel P. Huntington, and Joji Watanuki, The Crisis of
Democracy (1975). A Report on the Governability of Democracies to the Trilateral
Commission. (New York: New York University Press, 1975).
Powell, "The Powell Memo."
Lewis H. Lapham, "Tentacles of Rage-The Republican Propaganda Mill, a Brief History,"
Harpers Magazine (September 2004), p. 32.
Dave Johnson, "Who's Behind the Attack on Liberal Professors?" History News Network
(February 10, 2005), http://hnn.us/articles/printfriendly/1244.html.
Ibid.
Alan Jones, "Connecting the Dots," Inside Higher Ed (June 16, 2006),
http://insidehighered.com/views/2006/06/16/jones.
Lapham, "Tentacles of Rage," p. 38.
Town Hall
Politics
as
Zombie Theater
The bitter debate that unfolded over Obama's health care plan garnered a great deal
of media attention. The images were both familiar and disturbing-members of
Congress being shouted down, taunted, hanged in efligy, and in some instances
receiving death threats. In some cases, mob scenes produced violence and resulted
in a number of arrests. Increasingly, people were showing up with guns at these
meetings, revealing an intimate connection between an embrace of violence, politics,
and a disturbing hatred of both the public sphere and the conditions for real
exchange, debate, and dialogue over important social issues. Rowdy, zombie-like
crowds, many of whom read from talking points made available to them by right
wing groups and legitimated by conservative television pundits, embraced a politics
reminiscent of the Brown Shirts, whose task in Germany in the 1930s was to
disrupt oppositional meetings, beat up opponents of the Nazi or Fascist Parties, and
intimidate those individuals and groups that criticized authoritarian ideology.1
This is not meant to suggest that all of the protestors at these meetings were
members of extremist groups as much as it seeks to reveal the deep historical
affinity such mob tactics have with dangerous authoritarian tendencies, many of
which are irresponsibly sanctioned both by politicians such as Republican Senator
Tom Coburn and right-wing television hosts such as Glenn Beck and Sean
Hannity of course, what started out as random meetings soon became a
coordinated attempt to build an organized political machine, which has mushroomed
into what has been called the Tea Party movement?2 The United States is
neither Nazi Germany nor fascist Italy. What is important to recognize in light of
these violent tendencies in the culture is Hannah Arendt's prescient warning that
elements of totalitarianism continue to be with us and that rather than being
relegated to the dustbin of history, the "still existing elements of totalitarianism
would be more likely to crystallize into new forms."3 These tendencies
have been around for the last twenty years in the form of militarism, religious
fundamentalism, a rabid Economic Darwinism, and a growing violence against the poor,
immigrants, dissenters, and others marginalized because of their age, gender, race,
ethnicity, and color.
What is new under the Obama regime is that the often hidden alliance between
corporate power and the forces of extremism is now both celebrated and highly visible
in the culture. What is novel is that the production of symbolic violence and
the organized attempts to undermine the most basic principles of democracy are now
embraced, if not showcased, as a register of patriotism and fueled by talk-radio
extremists and the Rupert Murdoch media empire. For example, Fox News' Glenn
Beck mixes his anti-govermnent diatribes with the language of radical militia
groups. Beck has warned President Obama that "The second American revolution
is being played out right now . . . what is ahead may loosen the bonds of society,"
and it may end with "a French Revolution." Endlessly capitalizing upon fear and
insecurity, Beck warns his audience that "[I]f we don't have some common sense,
we're facing the destruction of our country _ _ . it's coming."4 Eric
Boehlert gets it right in claiming that what we are currently "witnessing is a
militia rerun. Except this time, thanks to the likes of Beck and Fox News, the
unwanted repeat is being broadcast nationwide."5 Increasingly, politics
is being emptied of any substance as citizens are reduced to obedient recipients of
power by both the dominant media and by a number of politicians at the highest level
of government. Shaming and silencing those who are at odds with right-wing and
corporate views of the world have become a national pastime or, as the Fox News
pundits would argue, just a matter of common sense.
Some have referred to these groups as mobs, but that distinction does not hold
since many of the protesters are being fed talking points and are well organized to
target very specific Democratic Congressional representatives and increasingly any
currently elected politician. Mob rule is often spontaneous, while these rowdy,
gun-toting, and increasingly violent groups are being organized and legitimated
through the money and power of the insurance industry, lobbying groups such as
FreedomWorks, anti-government politicians, racist fringe groups, and elements of
the white militia. Many of them echo the type of anti-government extremism
reminiscent of Timothy McVeigh, the Oklahoma bomber. As Frank Rich points out,
Anyone who was cognizant during the McVeigh firestorm would recognize the old
warning signs re-emerging from the mists of history. The Patriot movement. "The New World
Order," with its shadowy conspiracies hatched by the Council on Foreign Relations and the
Trilateral Commission... White supremacists. Militias ... [and what] the Southern
Poverty Law Center had found in its report last year: the unhinged and sometimes armed
anti-government right that was thought to have vaporized after its Oklahoma apotheosis is
making a comeback. And now it is finding common cause with some elements of the
diverse, far-flung and still inchoate Tea Party movement. All it takes is a few self-styled
"patriots" to sow havoc.6
Town Hall
Politics
as
Zombie Theater, ii
This is a movement of older white Americans who are generally uninformed politically,
eager to eliminate most government agencies, and harbor an acute disdain for
debate, thoughtfulness, and dialogue. There is a chilling similarity between their
hatred of government and McVeigh's claim that "I reached the decision to go on
the offensive-to put a check on government abuse of power."7 In other words, they
hate and even view as a pathology any vestige of democratic governance, politics,
and representation. They are part of a fringe element within the GOP that has
moved increasingly from the margins to the center of power.8 They have already
played a prominent role in electing Scott Brown from Massachusetts to the U.S.
Senate, enabled Rand Paul, a card-carrying Tea Party founder, to win the Kentucky
Republican senatorial primary, and successfully ran a number of candidates for public
office.
While the media have often focussed, if not cashed in, on the rowdiness of Tea
Party members, they have been represented largely as simply angry citizens with
another point of view, as opposed to being members of a deeply authoritarian campaign
to both disrupt Obama's reform agenda and to gut and destroy those spaces
in American society where democracy can be nourished. Such attempts at balance
undermine serious reporting and are politically disingenuous. Such groups have to
be understood as being organized not merely for the production of symbolic and real
violence, but also as a growing extremist movement that promotes a wilful misreading
of the meaning of freedom, security, and human rights. What is crucial to
recognize is that the groups who were shouting out and disrupting health care meetings
are also the same people who Want to privatize and corporatize public schooling,
eliminate all traces of the social state, and destroy all remnants of those public
spheres that promote critical literacy, civic courage, and non-commodiiied values
that give meaning to a democracy.
These are the folks who encouraged members of the Florida legislature to pass
a law that outlawed historical interpretation in Florida public schools.9 These are
the same groups for whom any vestige of education that promotes critical agency,
self-representation, and promotes democracy is condemned-or worse, simply dispatched
to the garbage can of educational practices. They are deeply xenophobic and
appear to support fully Arizona's reactionary anti-immigrant bill. It is impossible
to understand what these groups represent unless they are seen as part of an authoritarian
tradition that has gained enormous strength in the last twenty years as part
of a broader effort to corporatize civil society, militarize everyday life, criminalize
the effects of social problems, privatize public goods, eviscerate any viable notion
of the social, govern society through the laws of the marketplace, and destroy those
public spaces where norms and democratic values are produced and constantly renewed.
Viewed primarily as either an economic investment or with unadulterated disdain,
the public sphere is being undermined as a central democratic space for fostering
the citizen-based processes of deliberation, debate, and dialogue. The
important notion that space can be used to cultivate citizenship is now transformed
by a new "common sense" that links it almost entirely to the production of
consumers or to a pathologized space that bears the imprint of immigrants and those
others now viewed with contempt by the nativism of right-wing groups and their
televised spokespersons. The inevitable correlate to this logic is that providing
space for democracy to grow is no longer a priority. As theorists such as _liirgen
Habermas and David Harvey have argued, the idea of critical citizenship cannot
flourish without the reality of public space.10 Put differently, "the space of
citizenship is as important as the idea of citizenship.
As a political category, space is crucial to any critical understanding of how
power circulates, how disciplinary practices are constructed, and how social control
is organized. Public space as a political category performs invaluable theoretical work
in connecting ideas to material struggles, theories to concrete practices, and political
operations to the concerns of everyday life. Without public space, it becomes
more difficult for individuals to imagine themselves as political agents or to understand
the necessity for developing a discourse capable of defending civic institutions.
Public space confirms the idea of individuals and groups having a public voice, thus
drawing a distinction between civic liberty and market liberty.11
Town Hall
Politics
as
Zombie Theater, iii
The demands of citizenship affirm the social as a political concept in opposition
to its conceptualization as a strictly economic category. The sanctity of the traditional
town hall or public square in American life is grounded in the crucial
recognition that citizenship has to be cultivated in non-commercialized spaces,
informed by non-commercial civic values. Such spaces mark both the importance
of the public and the need for spheres where dialogue, debate, and reason prevail
against the production of civic illiteracy, violence, and mob rule. Indeed,
democracy itself needs public spheres where critical education as a condition for
democracy can be renewed, where people can meet, and democratic identities, values, and
relations have the time "to grow and flourish."12 The organized disruptions of
town meetings, coupled with a growing Tea Party movement that appears to harbor more
hate than insight, should not cancel out but renew the historical importance of
public spaces. Such spaces are crucial for nourishing civic discourses and offering
counter-movements to fight the current disappearance of democratic pubic
spheres as significant spaces in which powerful states, corporations, groups, and
individuals can be held directly accountable for the ethical and material effects of
their decisions.
The hostile town meetings we witnessed in 2009 and 2010 are symptomatic of
a growing authoritarianism in the United States, mobilized through an ongoing culture
of fear and a form of patriotic correctness designed to bolster a rampant
nationalism and a selective popularism. One consequence of such a move is the
demise of the promise of a vibrant democracy and the corresponding impoverishment
of political life, increasingly manifested in the inability of a society to question
itself, engage in critical dialogue, and translate private problems into social
issues. This is a position that both characterizes and threatens any viable notion of
democracy in the United States in the current historical moment. In a post-9/11 world,
the space of shared responsibility has given way to the space of private fears
and larger corporate interests. Politics is now mediated through a spectacle of mobrule
in which fear and violence become the only modalities through which to grasp
the meaning of the self and larger social relations. As the public collapses into highly
charged narratives of personal anger, reason is uncoupled from freedom and the
triumph of civic illiteracy, suggesting that irrational mob rule becomes "the only
politics there is, the only politics with a tangible referent or emotional valence."13
Stripped of its ethical and political importance, the public has been largely
reduced to a space where private interests are displayed, and the social order increasingly
mimics a giant reality TV show where notions of the public register as simply a
conglomeration of private woes, violent outbursts, and an unchecked hatred
for dissent and dialogue. Most importantly, as everyday politics is decoupled from
its democratic moorings, it becomes more difficult for people to develop a vocabulary
for understanding how private problems and public issues constitute the very
lifeblood of a vibrant politics and democracy itself Emptied of any substantial content,
democracy appears imperiled as individuals are unable to translate their privately
suffered misery into public concerns and collective action.
As the social is devalued and public discourse and politics disappear, only to be
replaced by unruly mobs emboldened by right-wing celebrities and politicians "to
become part of the mob," "shout out," and "rattle" speakers, what emerges is not simply
an ugly display of individuals and groups mobilized by lobbyist-run groups such
as FreedomWorks and Americans for Prosperity. On the contrary, more than healthcare
reform is under attack. What is truly under attack is any artifact of a democratic
society that is at odds with a free-market fundamentalism and the dominant
financial and economic interests that benefit from it.
Town Hall
Politics
as
Zombie Theater, iv
Politics takes many forms, but central to it is the need for individuals, groups,
and social movements to be able to translate individual problems into public concerns,
to have informed opinions, and to create spaces where power is held accountable.
The town hall fiascos are important, but they are only symptomatic of a larger
assault against the social contract, the social state, public spheres, and democratic
governance. And when read in this context, the challenge presented by these
manufactured spectacles can be used to raise the level of the analysis and public
conversation about the historical, economic, and political context which has nourished
them and what must be done to address the larger threat and problems they pose
to American democracy. Clearly, any response to such outbursts and threats posed
by the growing Tea Party movement must be seen as part of a broader eH`ort to
address the importance of critical education, civic literacy, social responsibility, as
well as the need to raise important questions about what education and civic literacy
should accomplish in a democracy and what might such a politics capable of taking
up this challenge look like.
Notes
Frank Rich, "The Guns of August," The New York Times (August 23, 2009), p. WK8.
See David Barstow's extensive investigation of the Tea Party movement in his "Tea Party
Lights Fuse for Rebellion on the Right," The New York Times (February 15, 2010), p. A1.
Elisabeth Young-Bruehl, Arendt Matters (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2006), p. 46.
Of course, this issue is taken up by Hannah Arendt in her classic Origins of Totalitarianism (19S1;
rev. ed. New York: Schocken, 2004).
Cited in Eric Boehlert, "How Glenn Beck Helps Violent Right-Wing Militias," AlterNet
(April 7, 2010), https://www.alternet.org/2010/04/how_glenn_beck_helps_violent_right-wing_militias
Ibid.
Frank Rich, "The Axis of the Obsessed and the Deranged," The New York Times (February 28,
2010), p. WK10.
Cited in Boehlert, "How Glenn Beck Helps Violent Right-Wing Militias."
See Adele M. Stan,"Inside Story on Town Hall Riots: Right-Wing Shock Troops Do Corporate
America's Dirty Work," AlterNet (August 10, 2009), www.alternet.org/module/printversion/141860.
Robert Jensen, "Florida's Fear of History: New Law Undermines Critical Thinking," Common
Dreams.org (July 17, 2006), http://www.commondreams.org/views06/0717-22.htm.
See Jurgen Habermas, Jurgen Habermas on Society and Politics: A Reader (Boston: Beacon Press,
1989) and David Harvey, The New Neoliberalism,(New York: Oxford University Press, 2003). The
literature on the politics of space is far too extensive to cite, but of special interest are Michael
Keith and Steve Pile, eds., Place and the Politics of Identity (New York: Routledge, 1993); Doreen
Massey, Space. Place, and Gender (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 1994); and Margaret
Kohn, Radical Space: Building the House of the People (Ithaca: Comell University Press, 2003).
Jo Ellen Green Kaiser, "A Politics of Time and Space," Tikkun 18.6 (2003), pp. 17-19.
Kaiser, pp. 17-18.
Jean Comaroff and John L. Comaroff "Millennial Capitalism: First Thoughts on a Second
Coming," Public Culture 12:2 (2000), pp. 305-306.
Reclaiming Public Values
in the Age of
Casino Capitalism
This is a difficult time in American history. Economic meltdowns, massive
unemployment, corporate-induced ecological disasters in the Gulf of Mexico,
and a growing disdain for liberal and progressive politics that has gained enormous
currency since the election of Barack Obama to the presidency. The American people
have every right to demand to live in peace, enjoy the comforts of economic
security, have access to decent health care, be able to send their children to
quality schools, and live with a measure of security. Yet at a time when public values are
subordinated to the rationality of profits, exchange values, and unbridled self
interest, politics becomes corrupt, devoid of critical agents, and reduced to empty
rituals largely orchestrated by those who control the wealth, income, media, and
commanding institutions of American society. As we have just witnessed in the
debate on health care reform, the interests of the vast majority of American people
in a public option and the extension of Medicare have been totally lost on a
Congress that has been corrupted by power and its comfortable and shameful
relations with those who control the military-industrial-academic complex. The
Republican Party minority in the Senate did everything they could to prevent the
further lengthening of a six-month extension of emergency jobless benefits for the
millions of long-term unemployed Americans, many of whom are barely able to
survive and have given up all hope. Such tactics once again proving that at the
core of their policies is a desire to sap every element of life out of any viable
notion of the social state.
Public values, public spheres, and the notion of the common good are viewed
by too many politicians as either a hindrance to the goals of a market-driven society,
or they are simply treated as a burden on the society, viewed as a sign of weakness,
if not a pathology. Ethical considerations and social responsibility are now
devalued, if not disdained, in a society wedded to short-term investments, easy
profits, and a mode of economics in which social costs are increasingly borne by
the poor while financial and political benefits are reaped by the rich. Unchecked
self-interest and ruthless, if not trivial, modes of competition now replace politics
or at least become the foundation for politics as complex issues are reduced to
friend/enemy, winner/loser dichotomies. The crass Social Darwinism played out on
reality TV now finds its counterpart in the politics of both the Democratic and
Republican Parties.
For instance, the Republican Party's only identifying ideology is that it is against
anything that supports the common good and undercuts the profits of corporations
and the rich. At the same time, Democrats have given up any vestige of a progressive
politics and vision, aligning their ideals to conform to the interests of the
lobbyists who now represent the not-so-invisible shadow government.1
Instead of public spheres that promote dialogue, debate, and arguments with
supporting evidence, we have a national entertainment state with its multiple
public and private spheres that infantilizes almost everything it touches, while offering
opinions that utterly disregard evidence, truth, and civility.2 Politics has come
under the sway of multiple forms of fundamentalism, becoming more militarized,
privatized, and divorced from any notion of the common good or public welfare.
Violence saturates the culture, a brutalizing masculinity fuels the militarization of
everyday life, and a collective ignorance is fueled by the assumption that intelligence
and thoughtfulness should be dismissed as a form of elitism. Populism, or at least
the Sarah Palin version, has little resemblance to genuine resistance to the
antidemocratic tendencies in American society and now plays out as a homage to
illiteracy and stupidity. Screen culture in its many manifestations signals if not
celebrates the collapse of politics and the coming apocalypse. Making the world a
better place has given way to collective narratives about how to survive alone in
a world whose destruction is just a matter of time. Death, fear, and insecurity
trump crucial questions about what it means to apprehend the conditions to live a
good life in common with others. Not only is the issue of the good life and the
conditions that make it possible often lost in the babble of the infotainment
state, but the market values that produced the economic crisis have so devalued
the concept and practice of democracy that Americans find it hard to even define
its meaning outside of the sham of money-driven elections and the freedom to shop.
In the last decade (2000-2010), the representative functions of democracy have not only taken
a steep dive in light of a political system whose policies are shaped by powerful
corporations and the imperatives of the rich but also made largely dysfunctional
because of a morally and politically bankrupt electoral system intimately tied to
wealth and power. The dominant media largely function as a form of moral anesthesia
and political firewall that legitimates a ruthless and failed free-market system
while refusing to make visible the workings of a casino capitalism that rejects
as a weakness any measure of compassion, care, trust, and vulnerability. As the
values and interests of the market become a template for all of society, the only
institutions, social relations, public spheres, and modes of agency that matter are those
that pay homage to the rule of mobile capital and the interests of financial titans.
Reclaiming Public Values
in the Age of
Casino Capitalism, ii
What the current financial crisis (2008) has revealed has less to do with the so-called
greed of Wall Street moguls than with the increasing fragility of a market-driven
system that produces inequalities in every sphere of life, making its ode to
democracy and the good life a dishonest fiction. Moreover, the formative
culture that legitimates market fundamentalism and market democracy does more
than erase any trace of self-regulation and public accountability; it also
eliminates the language of self-reflection along with any form of productive
discourse about the common good, public welfare, and the conditions that make
all life worth living. Market-driven culture rejects the assumption that freedom
is a shared experience in which self interest is subordinated to the affirmation
of public values, the common good, and the notion of social responsibility implied
in recognizing and transforming the conditions that make the lives of others
precarious. As Judith Butler masterfully puts it:
Precariousness implies living socially, that is, the fact that one's life is
always in some sense in the hands of the other. It implies exposure both to those
we know and to those we do not know; a dependency on people we know, or barely know,
or know not at all. Reciprocally, it implies being impinged upon by the exposure and
dependency of others, most of whom remain anonymous. These are not necessarily relations
of love or even of care, but constitute obligations toward others, most of whom we
cannot name and do not know, and who may or may not bear traits of familiarity to an
established sense of who "we" are. ln the interest of speaking in common parlance, we
could say that "we" have such obligations to "others" and presume that we know who "we"
are in such an instance. The social implication of this view, however, is precisely
that the "we" does not, and cannot, recognize itself; that it is riven from the start,
interrupted by alterity, as Levinas has said, and the obligations "we" have are precisely
those that disrupt any established notion of thc "we."3
We have lived through two decades in which the call for security has lost any semblance
of truth and political necessity and has become the legitimating code for imposing
on the American people an imperial presidency-especially under Donald J. Trump, but growing
precipously under George W. Bush and even under Obama-undermined crucial civil liberties,
and expanded the violence and terrorism associated with a permanent war economy and culture.
Democracy thrives on dissent, but dissent and critical citizenship cannot take place
in a country marked by a widening gap between political democracy and
socio-economic power. Inequality is not just a normal outgrowth of a market-driven
economy; it is fundamental to a political system that destroys democracy. A country that
allows the power of multi-national corporations to be exempt from rule of democratic
law and the responsible demands of a democracy has already lost the battle between
balancing civil liberties and national security any call for further giving
up of civil liberties suggests a dangerous silence about the degree to which civil
liberties are already at risk and how the current call for national safety might work
to further a different type of terrorism, one not marked by bombs and explosions, but
by state-supported repression, the elimination of dissent, and the death of both the
reality and promise of democracy.
At this time of national crisis, we need to recognize that the current economic
recession cannot be understood apart from the crisis of democracy itself lt is all
the more crucial, therefore, to recognize in a post~Gi1ded Age moment that those
public spaces that traditionally have offered forums for debating norms, critically
engaging ideas, making private issues public, and evaluating judgments are
disappearing under the juggernaut of free-market values, corporate power, and intense
lobbying pressure on the part of the country's most powerful financial institutions.
Schools, universities, the media, and other aspects of the cultural education
apparatus are being increasingly privatized or corporatized and removed from the
discourse of the public good. Consequently, it becomes all the more crucial for
educators, parents, social movements, and others to raise fundamental questions
about what it means to revitalize a politics and ethics that takes seriously "such
values as citizen participation, the public good, political obligation, social
governance, and community."
Reclaiming Public Values
in the Age of
Casino Capitalism, iii
The call for a revitalized politics grounded in an effective democracy substantively
challenges the dystopian practices of the new culture of fear and neoliberalism-
with their all-consuming emphasis on insecurity, market relations,
commercialization, privatization, and the creation of a world-wide economy of
part-time workers-against their utopian promises. Such an intervention confronts
Americans with the problem as well as challenge of developing those public
spheres-such as the media, higher education, and other cultural
institutions-that provide the conditions for creating citizens who are capable of
exercising their freedoms, competent to question the basic assumptions that govern
political life, and skilled enough to participate in developing broad social
movements that will enable them to shape the basic social, political, and economic
orders that govem their lives.
In spite of the fact that some notions of the public good have been recalled from
exile in light of the economic recession and the election of Barack Obama, many
young people and adults today still view the private as the only space in which to
imagine any sense of hope, pleasure, or possibility. Not only is hope disappearing
for this generation-which has been asked to give more but ask for less-but the
economic and educational conditions that enable any sense of possibility for this
generation are quickly disappearing. And while Obama and his priests of high
finance have spent billions to bail out banks and conduct foreign wars, they have
refused to implement an adequate jobs-creation program for young people and the
millions of unemployed.
Market forces continue to focus on the related issues of consumption, excessive
profits, and fear. Reduced to the act of consuming, citizenship is "mostly about
forgetting, not learning,"5 in spite of the hyped-up and increasing appeal to bearing
the burden collectively of hard times-a burden that always falls on the shoulders of
working people but not the banks or other commanding financial institutions. How
else to explain the 2010 record profits of big banks and investment houses in the
midst of an unflinching recession while millions lose their
homes, jobs, and dignity? Moreover, as social visions of equity and justice recede
from public memory, unfettered, brutal self-interests combine with retrograde
social policies to make security and safety a top domestic priority. One consequence
is that all levels of government are being hollowed out, reducing their role
to dismantling the gains of the welfare state as they increasingly construct policies
that now criminalize social problems, sell off public goods to the highest corporate
bidders, and prioritize penal methods over social investments. Increasingly, notions
of the public cease to resonate as a site of utopian possibility, as a fundamental space
for how we reactivate our political sensibilities and conceive of ourselves as critical
citizens, engaged public intellectuals, and social agents.
The growing lack of justice in American society rises in proportion to the lack
of political imagination and collective hope.6 We live at a time when the forces and
advocates of a market-driven fundamentalism and militarism not only undermine
all attempts to revive the culture of politics as an ethical response to the demise of
democratic public life but also aggressively wage a war against the very possibility
of creating non-commodified public spheres and forums that provide the conditions
for critical education, link learning to social change, political agency to the defense
of public goods, and intellectual courage to the refusal to surrender knowledge to
the highest bidder. Understood as both a set of economic policies and an impoverished
notion of citizenship, neoliberalism represents not just a series of market-driven
programs but also a coherent set of cultural, political, and educational practices
that mobilize communities around shared fears and collective insecurities.
Unlike some theorists who suggest that politics as a site of contestation, critical
exchange, and engagement has either come to an end or is in a state of terminal arrest
in light of the current calls for patriotic unity, I believe that the current depressing
state of politics points to the urgent challenge of reformulating the crisis of
democracy as part of a fiindamental crisis of vision, meaning, education, and
political agency Politics devoid of a democratic vision either degenerates into
cynicism or appropriates a view of power that appears to be equated only with domination.
Lost from such accounts is the recognition that democracy has to be struggled over-even
in the face of a most appalling crisis of political agency and threats to national
security. There is also little attention paid to the fact that the
struggle over politics and democracy is inextricably linked to creating public spheres
where individuals can be educated as political agents equipped with the skills,
capacities, and knowledge they need not only to actually perform as autonomous
political agents but also to believe that such struggles are worth taking up. Central
here is the assumption that politics is not simply about power but also, as the
philosopher Cornelius Castoriadis points out, "has to do with political judgments
and value choices,"7 indicating that questions of civic education-learning how to
become a skilled citizen-are central to both the struggle over political agency and
democracy itself Finally, there is the widespread refusal among many Americans
and educators to recognize that the issue of civic education-with its emphasis on
critical thinking, bridging the gap between learning and everyday life, understanding
the connection between power and knowledge, and using the resources of history
to extend democratic rights and identities-is not only the foundation for
expanding and enabling political agency but that such education takes place across
a wide variety of public spheres through the very force of culture itself.
Reclaiming Public Values
in the Age of
Casino Capitalism, iv
Any democratically inspired understanding of politics must challenge a casino
politics that fills the social order and the sphere of politics with the walking dead.
While the conditions for challenging casino politics may be under assault in what
might be called a progressive administration, the basis for expanding and deepening
democracy must be part of an ongoing struggle of engaged critique, civic
courage, and organized collective struggles. Critical knowledge grounded in pressing
social problems offers individuals and groups an important resource for shaping the
conditions that bear down on their lives, enabling them to resist those forces
that want to narrow the meaning of political freedom and social citizenship. The
production of such knowledge must be connected to the urgent call to revitalize the
language of civic education and ethical imagination as part of a broader discourse
of political agency and critical citizenship in a global world.
Reclaiming the connection between the political and the ethical imagination
as a pedagogical act may be one of the most crucial challenges facing the American
public in the twenty-first century If the institutions and conditions for a critical
formative culture of questioning and civic engagement necessary for thinking beyond
the narrow framing mechanisms of casino capitalism, militarism, and religious
fundamentalism do not come into play, it is conceivable that the current economic
recession will be repeated within a few short years, and American society will slip
into a form of authoritarianism that will give up even its most dubious claims on
democracy. The current crisis has systemic and ideological origins, and both must
be addressed through a new political language in which ethical imagination couples
with a sense of educated hope and the need for collective agents willing to build
alternative public spheres and viable critical social movements.
We currently live in a society controlled by political and economic zombies.
Under such circumstances, the coupling of cynicism and multiple forms of illiteracy
undermines the possibility of critical thought, agency, and action. Public values
or the public good, when they are invoked, are often couched in a nostalgic
discourse about the New Deal or the Great Society Rather than being viewed as a
legacy that needs to be reclaimed, re-imagined, and renewed, visions of the public
good and the public values they embody are sequestered to the historical past, put
on display like a museum piece that is worth viewing but not an ideal worth
struggling over. Corporate domination, power, abuse, and greed are once again being
legitimated and argued for by a variety of right-wing movements in the United
States, the most visible being the Tea Party movement. These movements do more
than preach about God, money, and guns; they also sabotage democracy, block public
debate about alternative forms of power, and try to sell the illusion, as Chris
Hedges points out, "that the free market [is] a natural outgrowth of democracy and
a force of nature" that we simply have to accept unquestionably.8 Without an
urgent reconsideration of the crucial place of public values in shaping American
society, the meaning and gains of the past that extend fiom the Civil Rights movement
to the antiwar movements of the 1960s will be lost, offering neither models nor
examples of struggles forged in the heat of reclaiming democratic values, relations,
and institutions.
New York Times columnist Frank Rich has argued that the most striking
characteristic of the last decade is how much the American people have been conned,
played for suckers with arguments about weapons of mass destruction, the genius
of Karl Rove, and the importance of corporations in shaping our lives, to name a
few of the lies.9 Actually, as insightful as Rich is, he gets it backward. His claim that the American public has been fed a massive diet of illusions enabling a big con over
looks the power these ideas or deliberately shaped cons have as part of an official
and legitimating ideology. These ideas are not illusions; they are the symbolic
extensions of real and systemic power relations, and the often commonsense views
they promote are powerful modes of legitimation. The issue that needs to be
addressed is not simply about recognizing illusions but dismantling the
socio-economic-educational forces that produce and circulate them as part of a
larger liaming of distinct and systemic power relations. If we are to reclaim any
viable notion of the political along with the public values that give it meaning,
we must address the primacy of pedagogy and critical inquiry as part of a broader
attempt to revitalize the conditions for individual and social agency, while
simultaneously addressing the most basic problems facing the prospects for social
justice and global democracy. Public values matter, and they must become part of
any ongoing attempt to give meaning to politics, the ethical imagination, and the
promise of an aspiring democracy.
Section III
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics
By almost any political, economic, and ethical measure, Barack Obama's
election victory in 2008 inherited a set of problems produced by one of the darkest
periods in American history.1 In the eight years prior to 0bama's presidency
not only did the spaces where genuine politics could occur largely disappear as a
result of an ongoing assault by the market-driven forces of privatization,
deregulation, and unrestrained corporate power, but there was also a radical
hardening of the culture that increasingly disparaged democratic values, the
public good, and human dignity-and with these the safety nets provided by a
once-robust but now exiled social state. George W. Bush, the privileged and
profligate son of a wealthy Texas oilman, became the embodiment of a political
era in which willful immaturity and stubborn civic illiteracy found its match in
an emerging culture of excess and irresponsibility.2 As thc age of casino
capital reigned supreme over American society, the ongoing work of
democratization-along with the public spheres needed to sustain it-became an
increasingly fragile, perhaps even dysfunctional, project. Market principles
now reached far beyond the realm of the economic and played a formative role
in influencing and organizing every domain of human activity and interaction,
while simultaneously launching a frontal attack on notions of a common good,
public purpose, non-commodified values, and democratic modes of governing.
Yet even in the aftermath of the October 2008 global financial crisis and the
historic election of Barack Obama as the 44th President of the United States, the
vocabulary and influence of corporate power and hapless governance can still be
heard as the expansion of market fundamentalism continues, albeit more slowly,
along the trajectory of privileging corporate interests over the needs of the public
good, ignoring the rising demands of millions of people struggling for economic,
racial, and political justice. Tragically, the Obama administration seems complicit
with what has become an element of common sense for a large and noisy segment
of the populace-that the market, rather than politics, gives people what they
want. President Obama does not talk about a much-needed jobs-creation program
to address the massive hardships and suffering many people are experiencing.
Instead, he gets his cues from Wall Street and now focuses on taming the budget
deficit.3 Nor does he talk about the crippling poverty, collapsing urban
infrastructures, or the general despair that now grips the country, this state of
affairs suggests not only a perilous future for the social state and a government
willing to intervene on behalf of its citizens but also a dangerous view of
govemance in which economic priorities dominate and suppress important social
needs rather than being carefully adjusted toward the goal of fostering a more
just, more democratic society.
It appears ever more unlikely that the Obama administration will undo the
havoc wrought by the Bush administration (itself the culmination of a decades-long
trend toward market deregulation) or reverse the effects of a rampant free-market
fixndamentalism now unleashed across the globe. As the financial crisis looms large
in the lives of the majority of Americans, government Hinds are used to bail out Wall
Street bankers rather than being used to address either the growing impoverishment
of the many people who have lost homes, jobs, and hope of a better future or the
structural conditions that created such problems. In this scenario, a privileged
minority retains the freedom to purchase time, goods, services, and security, while
the vast majority of people are relegated to a life without protections, benefits, and
safety supports. For those populations considered expendable, redundant, and
invisible by virtue of their race, class, and age, life becomes increasingly
precarious.
As I have mentioned throughout this book, youth, in particular, are assaulted
by market forces that commodify almost every aspect of their lives, though
different groups of young people bear unequally the burden of this market-driven
assault. Those who are marginalized by class and power suffer more than the
indignity of being endlessly commodified and commercially carpet-bombed. They
are also objects of a low-intensity war that now criminalizes their behavior,
subjects increasing aspects of their lives to harsh disciplinary practices, and
treats them as both dangerous and disposable. In a society in which the social
state that has been hollowed out and largely stripped of its welfare functions, youth
are no longer provided with the economic, social, and cultural supports that offer
them dignity, prosperity, and the promise of a better fiiture. Instead, they are
now largely governed by a corporate state that "secures power through the imposition
of law, discipline and uncompromising modes of punishment and imprisonment."4
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics, ii
As the mechanisms of power, containment, and policing merge, the spaces that
young people inhabit become increasingly militarized. At the same time such
hyper-militarized spaces, extending from the street to the school, are abetted by a
cultural apparatus and public pedagogy that jump at every opportunity to demean
and demonize young people, especially poor minority youth, by representing them
as an ever-present threat to society. In this instance, it becomes all too easy for the
American public to move from the notion of young people being troubled to viewing
them as trouble, as a threat to be contained. Newspapers and other popular
media treat their audiences to an endless stream of alarming images and dehumanizing
stories about rampaging young people who allegedly occupy a domestic war
zone. Youth are no longer categorized as Generation X, Y, or Z. Cn the contrary,
they are now defined rhetorically in mainstream media as "Generation Kill," "Killer
Children," or, as one CNN special labeled them, "Killers in Our Midst."5
Capitalizing on shocking and sensational imagery not only swells the media's
bottom line; it also adds fuel to a youth panic that insidiously portrays young people
as pint-size nihilists and an ever-present threat to public order. Such negative and
demeaning views have had disastrous consequences for young people as their lives
are increasingly subjected to policies and modes of governance defined through the
logic of punishment, surveillance, and penal control. Moreover, under the reign of
an expanding punishing state, coupled with the persistent structural racism of the
criminal justice system, the situation for a growing number of impoverished young
people and youth of color is getting much worse.6
These are young people whose labor is unneeded, who are locked out of the
commodity market, and who often inhabit the impoverished and soul-crushing
margins of society. Too often they fall prey to the dictates of a youth-crime-governing
complex that increasingly subjects them to harsh disciplinary controls while
criminalizing more and more aspects of their behavior. How else to explain that on any
given day "one in every 10 young male high school dropouts is in jail or juvenile
detention?"° What kind of sense does it make to pass truancy laws in which a student,
even when he has a school pass that allows him to be out of classes early, is
stopped by the police and issued a $5 70 ticket for truancy?7 How can we reconcile
the rise of zero tolerance laws in schools with the presumption that schools should
be places where young people can feel safe and receive an education that prepares
them to be thoughtfiil, critical, and socially responsible citizens when such laws
impose harsh penalties for often trivial infractions, increase rates of suspension and
expulsion, disproportionately target African American youth, push poor young
people out of school and often into the criminal justice system? According to the
Advancement Project,
Zero tolerance has engendered a number of problems: denial of
education through increased suspension and expulsion rates, referrals to inadequate
altemative schools, lower test scores, higher dropout rates, and racial profiling of
students .... Once many of these youths are in "the system," they never get back on the
academic track. Sometimes, schools refuse to readmit them; and even if these students do
return to school, they are often labeled and target ed for close monitoring by school staff
and police. Consequently, many become demoralized, drop out, and fall deeper and deeper
into the juvenile or criminal justice systems. Those who do not drop out may find that
their discipline and juvenile or criminal records haunt them when they apply to college
or for a scholarship or government grant, or try to enlist in the military or find
employment. In some places, a criminal record may prevent them or their families from
residing in publicly subsidized housing. In this era of zero tolerance, the consequences
of child or adolescent behaviors may long outlive students' teenage years.8
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics, iii
Where is the collective anger over the use of disciplinary policies that share a
shameful and close aHinity to the legacy of segregated education, slavery, racial
targeting, the harsh and ruthless criminalization of poor white and minority youth, and
pedagogies of punishment, all of which push young people out of school and into
the criminal justice system? In this instance, schools neither educate nor provide even
minimal training for the workplace. Instead, they simply mimic traditional lockdown
institutions such as the prison and display a disdain for youth that offers no apologies
because politicians, school boards, administrators, and some teachers have become too
arrogant and ruthless to imagine any resistance. Wedded to the blood less values of a
market-driven society deeply implicated in reproducing the structures of racism,
inequality, and exclusion, schools now inhabit a "dead zone" that banishes civic
pedagogy, the arts, and different critical modes of intelligibility.
Schools now do everything they can to deaden the imagination by defining and
framing classroom experiences through a lethal mix of instrumental values,
cost-benefit analyses, test-based accountability schemes, and high-stakes testing regimes.
These instrumentally- and market-based values and practices drown out, if not
repress, those spaces and pedagogical practices that provide the conditions for
students to think critically, value their own voices, mobilize their curiosity, engage in
shared learning, and-most of all-acquire the knowledge, habits, public values, and
social relations necessary for the practice of empowerment necessary for fostering
a real democracy and taking responsibility for sustaining it. More and more, it
appears that as schools become more militarized and subject to the latest technologies
of regulation, surveillance, and control, they are transformed into laboratories
in which the limits of new authoritarian tendencies endemic to a corporate/punishing
society are tamed, attenuated, and tested.9
Where is the moral outrage over a nation that incarcerates one in one hundred
adults in its local, state, and federal prisons and jails, fragmenting families,
desolating communities, and ruining the lives of millions of children?10 Where are the intellectuals, parents, teachers, and social movements expressing political
indignation over a country that has the onerous and dubious distinction of being the
world's leading jailer of young people? Where is the moral wrath over the racist
practices that lead to the increasing criminalization of African American youth,
particularly those who drop out of schools with "nearly one in four young black male
dropouts incarcerated or otherwise institutionalized on an average day."11 As one
politician noted, "Dropping out of high school [has become] an apprenticeship for
prison."12
The devastation wreaked by free-market policies has been largely financed in
the hard currency of human suffering that such policies have imposed on children,
readily evident in some astounding statistics that suggest a profound moral and political
contradiction at the heart of one of the richest democracies in the world. The
notion that children should be treated as a crucial social resource and represent for
any healthy society important ethical and political considerations about the
quality of public life, the allocation of social provisions, and the role of the state as a
guardian of public interests appears to be lost. Children, for example, make up a
disproportionate share of the poor in the United States in that "they are 26 per cent
of the total population, but constitute 39 per cent of the poor."13 ]ust as
alarmingly, prior to the passage of the health care reform bill, over 8 million children
lacked health insurance,14 and millions lacked affordable child care and decent early
childhood education. One of the most damaging statistics revealing how low a priority
children are in America can be seen in the fact that among the industrialized
nations in the world, the United States ranks first in billionaires and in defense
expenditures and yet ranks an appalling twenty-ninth in infant mortality.15 As we
might expect, behind these grave statistics lie a series of decisions to favor those
already advantaged economically at the expense of the poor and socially vulnerable.
Moreover, for the last three decades we have witnessed, especially under the
second Bush administration, savage cuts to education, scientific research, and social
services such as nutritional assistance for impoverished mothers and veterans'
medical care-all of which helped find tax breaks for the inordinately rich. Sadly, it now
seems reasonable to assume that under the current financial crisis non-privileged
youth will experience even greater economic and educational hardships, while
becoming even more invisible to the larger society.
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics, iv
The toll in human suffering that results from these policies of punishment and
neglect becomes clear in shocking stories about poor white and minority youth who
literally die because they lack health insurance, often have to fend for themselves
in the face of life's tragedies, and increasingly are excommunicated from the sphere
of human concern. Too many youth are now rendered invisible and disposable in a
world in which short-term investments yield quick profits while long-term social
invesunents in young people are viewed as a drag on the economy. lt gets worse. In
what amounts to a national disgrace, one out every five children currently lives in
poverty. Morever, while 10 percent of white children live in poverty, 34 percent of
all black children live in poor families.16 With home foreclosures still on the rise,
school districts across the nation have identified and enrolled almost one million
homeless children.17 There are 1.7 million more children living in poverty today than
in 2000. Unfortunately, their numbers are growing at an exponential rate, as 1 in 50
children and teens is now living in crowded rooms in seedy welfare hotels, in
emergency shelters, or with relatives, or simply living on the streets.18
What is unique about these children and young people is not just the severity
of deprivations they experience daily, but how they have been forced to view the
world and redefine the nature of their own childhood between the borders of
hopelessness and despair. There is little sense of a brighter future lying just beyond
the shadows of highly policed and increasingly abandoned urban spaces. An entire
generation of youth will not have access to the jobs, material comforts, or social
securities available to previous generations. These children are a new generation of youth
forced to grow up fast-they think, act, and talk like adults. They worry about their
families, which may be headed by a single parent or both parents out of work and
searching for a job; they wonder how their parents are going to get money to buy
food and what it will take to pay for a doctor. And these children are no longer
confined to so-called ghettoes. As the burgeoning landscape of poverty and despair
spreads across our cities, suburbs, and rural areas, these children make their
presence felt everywhere-there are just too many to ignore or hide away in the usually
contained and invisible spaces of disposability These young people constitute a
new and more unsettling scene of suffering, one that reveals not only vast
inequalities in our economic landscape but also portends a liiture that has no claim to a
sprited notion hope, characteristic of an aspiring democracy.
We are treated endlessly to stories in which young people are robbed of their
innocence as they are forced to worry about problems that are ordinarily the
responsibility of adults. Too many children find themselves living in cars or seedy motels,
or even worse, living on the streets. They think about gettingjobs to help their
parents buy food, put down money for an apartment, or simply get a motel room.
Childhood concerns about dating, sports, and hanging out with friends are now
replaced with more crucial, if not time-consuming and health-draining, concerns
about surviving on a daily basis.
These narratives just scratch the surface of a new social and economic reality,
as millions of children now find themselves suffering physical, psychological, and
developmental problems that thus far have gone unacknowledged by the Obama
administration, as it bails out the automotive industries, banks, and other financial
institutions. What kind of country have we become that we cannot protect our children
or offer them even the most basic requirements for survival? Where is the
public indignation over an administration that provides a multi-billion-dollar gift to
Wall Street but cannot develop a public works program to put poor white and
minority youth to work? I-low can the American people put up with a government
that is willing to subsidize and rescue the insurance giant American International
Group but do virtually nothing to provide assistance for the nearly half of all U.S.
children and 90 percent of black youth who will be on food stamps at some point
in their childhood?
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics, v
Everywhere we tum, we see untold amounts of hardship and human suffering
among young and old alike. Millions of hard-working people have lost their jobs,
homes, hopes, and in some cases their sanity, while Wall Street zombies flourish
financially and reward their incompetence, failure, and moral indifference with
lavish bonuses, punctuated with renewed efforts to prevent any of the reforms that
would put a check on the corrupt practices that produced a global financial
meltdown. What does it mean to witness this type of suffering among so many children
and not do anything about it-our attentions quickly diverted to view the spectacles
and moral indifference that characterize so much of the cut-throat world of
reality TV, zombie politics, and a consumer culture that shapes the sensibilities and inner
lives of adults and children alike? Obama's attraction to the cultural capital of the
rich, his unwillingness to take risks, his Harvard-taught propensity for seeking middle
ground, his increasing unwillingness to fight for the people who elected him,
and his willingness to disconnect from his own pre-election ideals make him look
increasingly not just weak but like a mere puppet of corporate power, an innocent
who has been practically eaten alive by the rich and powerful who now treat him
with a sense of scom and derision only matched by their own moral vacuity and
arrogance. Of course, this might Suggest that I and others initially expected too much
from Obama, but that is not the case. I realize that reforming the current problems
facing the United States does not lie in the hands of one man but resides in
changing the deeply structured economic and social relations of power and interests that
inform a mode of casino capitalism that for all intents and purposes is out of
control. At the same time, Obama must be held responsible for the decisions he has
made--and, for the most part, those decisions that have shaped everything from
financial regulation to educational reform are not on the side of working- and
middle-class people but on the side of the rich and powerful.
At this moment in history, it is more necessary than ever to enter this debate
over the fate of American democracy by registering youth as a central theoretical,
moral, and political concern. Doing so reminds adults of their ethical and political
responsibility to future generations and will further legitimate what it means to
invest in youth as a symbol for nurturing civic imagination and collective resistance
in response to the suffering of others. Young people provide a powerful referent for
a critical discussion about the long-term consequences of casino capitalism and its
hyper-market-driven policies, while also gesturing toward the need for putting
into place those conditions that make a democratic future possible. We have been
punishing children for a long time in the United States. Removed from the inventory
of social concerns and the list of cherished public assets, young people have been
either disparaged as a symbol of danger or simply rendered invisible.
Viewed as another casualty of the recession, youth are no longer included in a
discourse about the promise of a better future. Instead they are now considered part
of a disposable population whose presence threatens to recall repressed collective
memories of adult responsibility in the service of a social contract and democratic
ideals. Injustice and inequality have a long legacy in the United States, and their
most punishing modes and lethal effects have been largely directed against poor
white and minority children. The shameful condition of America's youth exposes
not only their unbearable victimization but also those larger social and political forces
that speak to the callous hardening of a society that actively produces the needless
suffering and death of its children. The moral nihilism of a market society, the move
from a welfare to a warfare state, the persistent racism of the alleged "raceless"
society, the collapse of education into training, the deskilling of teachers and the
militarizing of schools, the continued violations of civil liberties, the commodilication
of knowledge, and the rise of a pernicious corporate state work together to numb
us to the suffering of others, especially children.
The crisis of youth is symptomatic of the crisis of democracy, and it calls us to
account as much for the threat that it poses as for the challenges and possibilities
it invokes. One way of addressing our collapsing intellectual and moral visions
regarding young people is to imagine those policies, values, opportunities, and
social relations that both invoke adult responsibility and reinforce the ethical
imperative to provide young people, especially those marginalized by race and class,
with the economic, social, and educational conditions that make life livable and the
future sustainable. Clearly, the issue at stake here is not a one-off bailout or
temporary fix but concrete structural economic, educational, and political reforms that
provide everyone with real social, political, and individual rights and freedoms.
None of the problems facing this generation will be solved unless the institutions,
social relations, and values that legitimate and reproduce current levels of
inequality, power, and human suffering are dismantled, along with the formative
culture that supports it. The very ideal of democracy has been hijacked by casino
capitalism and its rampant structures of inequality and power. We catch a glimpse of
what this means in Peter Dreier's observation that "Today, the richest one percent
of Americans has 22 percent of all income and about 40 percent of all wealth. This
is the biggest concentration of income and wealth since 1928."19 This type of
economic inequality is not merely incompatible with a functioning democracy, it
makes democracy dysfunctional and corrupt. _lust as government can no longer out
source its responsibilities, the American public can no longer allow its political
system to be govemed by the rich and powerful. Political culture has been emptied of
its democratic values and is in fiee fall, as it is now largely shaped by the most
powerful, politically corrupt, socially irresponsible, and morally tainted elements
of the society. The widening gap between the rich and the poor has to be addressed
if young people are to have a viable future. And that requires pervasive structural
reforms that constitute a real shift in both power and politics away from a market
driven system that views too many children as disposable. We need to reimagine
what liberty, equality, and freedom might mean as truly democratic values and
practices.
Brutalizing Youth
in the
Age of
Zombie Politics, vi
Any society that endorses market principles as a template for shaping all
aspects of social life and cares more about the accumulation of capital than it does
about the fate of young people is in trouble. Next to the needs of the marketplace,
life has become cheap, if not irrelevant. We have lived too long with governments
and institutions that use power to promote violent acts, conveniently hiding their
guilt behind a notion of state secrecy or lofty claims to democracy, while
selectively punishing those considered expendable-in prisons, collapsing public
schools, foster care institutions, and urban slums. Under the current regime of
free-market casino capitalism, children lack power and agency and are increasingly viewed as
either commodities or simply rendered disposable. lf Barack Obama's call to address
the crucial problems facing young people is to be taken seriously, then the political,
economic, and institutional conditions that both legitimate and sustain a shame
attack on youth have to be made visible, open to challenge, and transformed. This
can only happen by refusing the somnambulance and social amnesia that coincide
with the pretense ofa post-racial politics and the all-too-easy equation of free-market
fundamentalism and democracy, especially given the effects such illusions have
on those marginalized by class and color. The road to recovery must itself with
new social movements willing to take risks and that embrace a vision of a democracy
that is on the side of children, particularly young children in need. It must
enable the conditions for youth to learn-to "grow," as _Iohn Dewey once insisted,
as engaged social actors more alive to their responsibilities to fixture generations than
contemporary adult society has proven itself willing to be for them.
Notes
I have taken up this issue in more detail in my Against the Terror of Neoliberalism (Boulder:
Paradigm Publishers, 2008). See also Chris Hedges, American Fascists. The Christian Right and
the War on America (New York: Free Press, 2006); and Sheldon S. Wolin, Democracy Incorporated:
Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism (Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 2008).
For an excellent analysis of this issue, see Chris Hedges, Empire of Illusion: The End of Literacy
and the Triumph of Spectacle (New York: Knopf Canada, 2009). See also George Monbiot, "The
Triumph of Ignorance," AlterNet (October 31, 2008), http://www.alternet.org/story/105447/the_
triumph_of_ignorance:_how_morons_succeed_in_u.s._politics/. For an extensive study of anti-
intellectualism in America, see Richard Hoftstadter, Anti-Intellectualism in American Life (New
York: Vantage House, 1963); and Susan Jacoby, The Age of American Unreason (New York:
Pantheon, 2008).
Paul Krugman, "The Phantom Menace," The New York Times (November 23, 2009), p. A27.
Judith Butler, Frames of War: When Is Life Grievable? (Brooklyn, NY: Verso, 2009), p. 5
"Generation Kill" is the name of a seven-part HBO miniseries about what The New York Times
calls "a group of shamelessly and engagingly profane, coarse and irreverent marines...that
spearhead[ed] the invasion" in the second Iraq war. See Alessandra Stanley, "Comrades in Chaos,
Invading Iraq," The New York Times (July 11, 2008), p. B1. The term "Killer Children" appears
as the title of a New York Times book review. Sec Kathryn Harrison, "Killer Children," New York
Times Book Review (July 20, 2008), pp. 1, 8.
Andrew Sum et al., The Consequences of Dropping Out of High School: Joblessness and Jailing for
High School Dropouts and the High Cost for Taxpayers (Boston: Center for Labor Market Studies,
Northeastem University, October 2009), http://www.clms.neu.edu/publication/documents/
The_Consequences_of`__Dropping_Out_of_High_School.pdf
Julianne Ong Hing, "Young, Brown-and Charged with Truancy," Color Lines, 152
(September/October 2009), www.colorlines.com/article.php?ID=593.
NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, Dismantling the School-to-Prison-Pipeline (New
York: Legal Defense Fund, 2009), http://www.jrclsconference.com/files/SpeakerMaterials/
2009/Dismantling_the_School_to_Prison_Pipeline_BW_Version.pd£
This idea comes from Zygmunt Bauman, Society Under Siege (Malden, MA: Blackwell
Publishers, 2002), pp. 67-68.
See Pew Center for Research on the States, One in 100 (Washington, DC, 2008).
Ibid.
Ibid.
Cesar Chelala, "Rich Man, Poor Man: Hungry Children in America," Seattle Times (January
4, 2006), http://www.commondreams.org/views06/0104-24.htm.
The Henry ]. Kaiser Family Foundation, The Uninsured: A Primer (October 2009),
http://www.kff.org/uninsured/upload/7451-05.pdf
Marian F. MacDorman and TJ. Mathews, Recent Trends in Infant Mortality in the United States
(National Center for Health Statistics, October 2008), htrp://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/data
briefs/db09.htm.
Kenneth C. Land, The 2009 Foundation for Child Development Child and Youth Well-Being Index
(CWI) Report (May 2009), http://www.fcd-us.org/usr_doc/Final-2009CWlReport.pd£ See
also Sarah Pass and Nancy K. Cauthen, Who Are America? Poor Chila'ren?: The Ojicial Story,
National Center for Children in Poverty (October 2008), http://www.nccp.org/publications/ pdf/
text_843.pdf
Kenneth C. Land, Education for Homeless Children and Youths Program, Foundation for Child
Development (April 2009). Available online at: http://www.fcd-us.org/usr_doc/ Final-
2009CWIReport.pdf
National Center on Family Homelessness, America's Youngest Outcasts: Stale Report Card on
Child Homelessness (March 2009), http://www.homelesschildrenamerica.org/pdf/rc_full_
rcport.pdf
Peter Dreier, "Bush's Class Warfare." See also Editors, "By the Numbers," Inequality.Org
(October 14, 2007), http://www.demos.org/incquality/numbcrs.cfn.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason
The shift to a society now governed through crime,1 market-driven values, and
the politics of disposability has radically transformed the public school as a site
for a civic and critical education. One major effect can be seen in the increasingly
popular practice of organizing schools through disciplinary practices that closely
resemble the culture of the prisons? For instance, many public schools,
traditionally viewed as nurturing, youth-friendly spaces dedicated to protecting
and educating children, have become one of the most punitive institutions many young
people now face on a daily basis. Educating for citizenship, work, and the public
good has been replaced with models of schooling in which students, especially poor
minority youth, are viewed either as a threat or as perpetrators of violence. When
not viewed as potential criminals, they are positioned as infantilized potential
victims of crime (on the Internet, at school, and in other youth spheres) who must
endure modes of governing that are demeaning and repressive.2 Jonathan Simon captures
this transformation of schools from a public good to a security risk in the
following comment:
Today, in the United States, it is crime that dominates the symbolic passageway to school
and citizenship. And behind this surface, the pathways of knowledge and power within the
school are increasingly being shaped by crime as the model problem, and tools of criminal
justice as the dominant technologies. Through the introduction of police, probation
officers, prosecurors, and a host of private security professionals into the schools,
new forms of expertise now openly compete with pedagogic knowledge and authority for
shaping routines and rituals of schools .... At its core, the implicit fallacy dominating
many school policy debates today consists of a gross conflation of virtually all the
vulnerabilities of children and youth into variations on the theme of crime. This may
work to raise the salience of education on the public agenda, but at the cost to students
of an education embedded with themes of "accountability," "zero tolerance," and "norm
shaping."3
As the logic of the market and "the crime complex"4 frame a number of social actions
in schools, students are subjected to three particularly offensive policies, often
defended by school authorities and politicians under the rubric of school safety First,
students are increasingly subjected to zero tolerance laws that are used primarily to
punish, repress, and exclude them. Second, they are increasingly subjected to a "crime
complex" in which security staff using harsh disciplinary practices now displace the
normative functions teachers once provided both in and outside of the classroom.
Third, more and more schools are breaking down the space between education and
juvenile delinquency; substituting penal pedagogies for critical leaming and
replacing a school culture that fosters a discourse of possibility with a culture
of fear and social control. Consequently, many youth, especially poor minorities
in urban school systems, are not just being suspended or expelled from school but
also have to bear the terrible burden of being ushered into the dark precincts of
juvenile detention centers, adult courts, and prisons.
Once seen as an invaluable public good and laboratory for critical learning and
engaged citizenship, public schools are increasingly viewed as a site of crime,
warehouses, or containment centers. Consequently, students are also reconceived
through the optic of crime as populations to be managed and controlled primarily
by security forces. In accordance with this perception of students as potential
criminals and the school as a site of disorder and delinquency, schools across
the country since the 1980s have implemented zero tolerance policies that involve
the automatic imposition of severe penalties for first offenses of a wide range of
undesirable, but often harmless, behaviors. Based on the assumption that schools
are rife with crime and fueled by the emergence of a number of state and federal
laws such as the Gun-Free Schools Act of 1994, mandatory sentencing legislation,
and the popular "three strikes and you're out" policy many educators first invoked
zero tolerance rules against kids who brought firearms to schools. This was
exacerbated by the high-pro file school shootings in the mid-1990s, the tragic
shootings at Columbine High School on April 20, 1999, and the more recent shootings
at Virginia Tech.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason, ii
But as the climate of fear increased, the assumption that schools were dealing
with a new breed of student-violent, amoral, and apathetitvbegan to take hold
in the public imagination. Moreover, as school safety became a top educational
priority, zero tolerance policies were broadened and now include a range of
behavioral infractions that encompass everything from possessing drugs or weapons
to threatening other students-all broadly conceived. Under zero tolerance policies,
forms of punishment that were once applied to adults now apply to first graders.
Students who violate what appear to be the most minor rules-such as a dress code
violation-are increasingly subjected to zero tolerance laws that have a disparate
impact on students of color while being needlessly punitive. The punitive nature
of the zero tolerance approach is on display in a number of cases where students
have had to face harsh penalties that defy human compassion and reason. An example
is the recent high-profile case of Zachary Christie, a 6-year-old first grader, who
received a 45-day suspension because he brought to school his favorite Cub Scout
camping utensil, which can serve as a knife, fork, and spoon. Rather than being
treated as a young boy who simply made a mistake, he was treated by the school
as a suspect who deserved to be punished. It seems that the only thing being
punished in this case was informed reason and critical judgment. Because of the
national publicity the case received, school officials modified their decision and
allowed the boy to return to school.
Most children who confront these harsh disciplinary procedures are not so lucky
One typical example is the case of an 8-year-old boy in the first grade at a Miami
elementary school who took a table knife to his school, using it to rob a classmate
of $1 in lunch money School officials claimed he was facing "possible expulsion and
charges of armed robbery."5 In another incident that took place in December 2004,
"Porsche, a fourth-grade student at a Philadelphia, PA, elementary school, was
yanked out of class, handcuffed, taken to the police station and held for eight
hours for bringing a pair of 8-inch scissors to school. She had been using the
scissors to work on a school project at home. School district officials acknowledged
that the young girl was not using the scissors as a weapon or threatening anyone with
them, but scissors qualified as a potential weapon under state law."6 It gets worse.
Adopting a rigidly authoritarian zero tolerance school discipline policy, the follow
ing incident in the Chicago public school system signals both bad faith and terrible
judgment on the part of educators implementing these practices. According to
the report Education on Lockdown,
In February 2003, a 7-year-old boy was cuffed, shackled, and forced to lie face down for more
than an hour while being restrained by a security officer at Parker Community Academy on
the Southwest Side. Neither the principal nor the assistant principal came to the aid of the
first grader, who was so traumatized by the event he was not able to retum to school.7
Traditionally, students who violated school rules and the rights of others were sent
to the principal's office, guidance counselor, or another teacher. Corrective discipline
in most cases was a matter of judgment and deliberation generally handled within
the school by the appropriate administrator or teacher. Under such circumstances,
young people could defend themselves, the context of their rule violation was
explored (including underlying issues, such as problems at home, that may have triggered
the behavior in the first place), and the discipline they received was suited to
the nature of the offense. In other words, teachers and school administrators did
what they were supposed to do: listen, exercise judgment and discrimination, and
then decide how to handle an infraction. Today, in the age of standardized testing,
thinking, and acting, reason and judgment have been thrown out the window just
as teachers are increasingly being deskilled and forced to act as semi-robotic
technicians good for little more than teaching for the test and serving as a reminder that
we are arriving at a day when the school curriculum will be teacher-proof Under
the Obama administration, teacher unions are under attack, charter schools are
viewed as the vanguard of reform, and teachers are forced into the role of clerks and
technicians who are obliged to prepare students to take standardized tests.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason, iii
The script is an old one, but it is even more damaging today as pedagogy is
stripped not only of dissenting thought but of thought itself What does it mean
when Florida passes legislation claiming that only facts rather than interpretation
can be taught in social studies classrooms? What does it say about the value of
public education when Arizona bans ethnic studies on the grounds that it is divisive?
Why isn't there public outrage over right-wing conservatives in Texas falsifying
information presented in school textbooks in order to assert their own ideological
ignorance-an ignorance that will now be taught to millions of students? The fog
of stupidity and abuse now engulfs both teachers and students. And the result will
be a generation of students deprived of the right to think critically, question
authority, and develop a sense of autonomous agency.
This loss of autonomy produced by the sabotaging of critical education and the
rise of a culture of security now defines schools through the narrow optics of
measurement and discipline. Today, as school districts link up with law enforcement
agencies, young people find themselves not only being expelled or suspended in
record rates but also "subject to citations or arrests and referrals to juvenile or
criminal courts."8 Students who break even minor rules, such as pouring
a glass of milk on another student or engaging in a schoolyard fight, have been
removed from the normal school population, handed over to armed police, arrested,
handcuffed, shoved into patrol cars, taken to jail, fingerprinted, and subjected
to the harsh dictates of the juvenile and criminal justice systems.
How educators think about children through a vocabulary that has shifted from
hope to punishment is evident in the effects of zero tolerance policies, which criminalize
student behavior in ways that take an incalculable toll on their lives and their
future. As the former nationally syndicated journalist Ellen Goodman pointed
out, zero tolerance has become a code word for a "quick and dirty way of kicking
kids out" of school.9 This becomes clear as cities such as Denver and Chicago, in
their eagerness to appropriate and enforce zero tolerance policies in their districts,
do less to create a safe environment for students than simply kick more young people
out of the public school system, and these are not the young people who attract
the dominant media but poor white, brown, and black kids who increasingly are seen
as disposable. For example, between 2000 and 2004, the Denver Public School
System experienced a 71 percent increase in the number of student referrals to law
enforcement, many for non-violent behaviors. The Chicago School System in 2003
had over 8,000 students arrested, often for trivial infractions such as pushing, tardiness,
and using spitballs. As part of a human waste management system, zero tolerance policies
have been responsible for suspending and expelling black students
in record numbers. For instance, "in 2000, Blacks were 17 percent of public school
enrollment nationwide and 34 percent of suspensions." And when poor black youth are not
being suspended under the merger of school security and law-and-order policies, they are
increasingly at risk of falling into the school-to-prison pipeline. As the
Advancement Project points out, the racial disparities in school suspensions, expulsions,
and arrests feed and mirror similar disparities in the juvenile and criminal justice systems.
[I]n 2002, Black youths made up 16% of the juvenile population but were 43% of juvenile
arrests, while White youths were 78% of the juvenile population but 55% of juvenile arrests.
Further, in 1999, minority youths accounted for 34% of the U.S.juvenile population but 62%
of the youths in juvenile facilities. Because higher rates of suspensions and expulsions are likely
to lead to higher rates of juvenile incarceration, it is not surprising that Black and Latino
youths are disproportionately represented among young people held in juvenile prisons.10
The city of Chicago, which has a large black student population, implemented a
take-no-prisoners approach in its use of zero tolerance policies, and the racially
skewed consequences are visible in grim statistics that reveal that "every dayg on
average, more than 266 suspensions are doled out...during the school year." Moreover,
the number of expulsions has "mushroomed from 32 in 1995 to 3,000 in the school
year 2003-2004,"11 most affecting poor black youth.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason, iv
As the culture of fear, crime, and repression dominates American public schools,
the culture of schooling is reconfigured through the allocation of resources used
primarily to hire more police, security staff and technologies of control and
surveillance. In some cases, schools such as the Palm Beach County system have
established their own police departments. Saturating schools with police and
security personnel has created a host of problems for schools, teachers, and
students-not to mention that such policies tap into financial resources otherwise
used for actually enhancing learning. In many cases, the police and security guards
assigned to schools are not properly trained to deal with students and often use
their authority in ways that extend far beyond what is either reasonable or even
legal. When Mayor Giuliani in 1998 allowed control of safety to be transferred to
the New York City Police Department, the effect was not only a jump in the number
of police and school safety agents but also an intensification of abuse, harassment,
and arrests of students throughout the school system.
One example of the war-on-terror tactics used domestically and impacting
schools can be seen in the use of the roving metal detector program in which the
police arrive at a school unannounced and submit all students to metal detector
scans. In Criminalizing the Classroom, Elora Mukherjee describes some of the
disruptions caused by the program:
As soon as it was implemented, the program began to cause chaos and lost instructional time
at targeted schools, each morning transforming an ordinary city school into a massive police
encampment with dozens of police vehicles, as many as sixty SSAs [School Security Agents]
and NYPD officers, and long lines of students waiting to pass through the detectors to get
to class.12
As she indicates, the program does more than delay classes and instructional time:
it also fosters abuse and violence. The following incident at Wadleigh Secondary
School on November 17, 2006, provides an example of how students are abused by
some of the police and security guards. Mukherjee writes:
The officers did not limit their search to weapons and other illegal items. They
confiscated cell phones, iPods, food, school supplies, and other personal items.
Even students with very good reasons to carry a cell phone were given no exemption.
A young girl with a pacemaker told an officer that she needed her cell phone in case
of a medical emergency but the phone was seized nonetheless. When a student wandered
out of line, officers screamed, "Get the fuck back in line!" When a school counselor
asked the officers to refrain from cursing, one officer retorted, "I can do and say
whatever I want," and continued, with her colleagues, to curse.13
Many students in New York City have claimed that the police are often disrespectful
and verbally abusive, stating that "police curse at them, scream at them, treat them
like criminals, and are on 'power trips.' . . .At Martin Luther King Jr. High School,
one student reported, SSAs refer to students as 'baby Rikers,' implying that they are
convicts-in-waiting. At Louis D. Brandeis High School, SSAs degrade students
with comments like, 'That girl has no ass.'"14 In some cases, students with severe
health problems had their phones taken away and, when they protested, were either
arrested or assaulted. Mukherjee reports that "A school aide at Paul Robeson High
School witnessed a Sergeant yell at, push, and then physically assault a child who
would not turn over his cell phone. The Sergeant hit the child in the jaw, wrestled
him to the ground, handcuffed him, removed him from school premises, and confined
him at the local precinct."15 There have also been cases of teachers and
administrators being verbally abused, assaulted, and arrested while to protect
students from overzealous security personnel or police officers.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason, v
Under such circumstances, schools begin to take on the obscene and violent
contours one associates with maximum security prisons: unannounced locker searches,
armed police patrolling the corridors, mandatory drug testing, and the ever-present
phalanx of lock-down security devices such as metal detectors, X-ray machines,
surveillance cameras, and other technologies of fear and control. Appreciated less
for their capacity to be educated than for the threat they pose to adults, students are
now treated as if they were inmates, often humiliated, detained, searched, and in
some cases arrested. Randall Beger is right in suggesting that the new "security
culture in public schools [has] turned them into 'learning prisons' where the students
unwittingly become 'guinea pigs' to test the latest security devices."16
Poor black and Latino male youth are particularly at risk in this mix of demonic
representation and punitive modes of control as they are the primary object of not
only racist stereotypes but also a range of disciplinary policies that criminalize
their behavior.17 Such youth, increasingly viewed as a burden and dispensable,
now bear the brunt of these assaults by being expelled from schools, tried in the
criminal justice system as adults, and arrested and jailed at rates that far exceed those
of their white counterparts."18 While black children make up only 15 percent of the
juvenile population in the United States, they account for 46 percent of those put
behind bars and 52 percent of those whose cases end up in adult criminal courts.
Shockingly, in the land of the free and the home of the brave, "[a] or detention
cell after a child or youth gets into trouble is the only universally guaranteed child
policy in America."19
Students being miseducated, criminalized, and arrested through a form of
penal pedagogy in lock-down schools that resemble prisons is a cruel reminder of
the degree to which mainstream politicians and the American public have turned
their backs on young people in general and poor minority youth in particular. As
schools are reconfigured around the model of the prison, crime becomes the central
metaphor used to define the nature of schooling, while criminalizing the behavior
of young people becomes the most valued strategy in mediating the relationship
between educators and students. The consequences of these policies for young
people suggest not only an egregious abdication of responsibility-as well as
reason, judgment, and restraint-on the part of administrators, teachers, and parents,
but also a new role for schools as they become more prison-like, eagerly adapting
to their role as an adjunct of the punishing state.
As schools define themselves through the lens of crime and merge with the
dictates of the penal system, they eliminate a critical and nurturing space in which to
educate and protect children in accordance with the ideals of a democratic society.
As central institutions in the youth disposability industry, public schools now serve
to discipline and warehouse youth, while they also put in place a circuit of policies
and practices to make it easier for minority youth to move from schools into the
juvenile justice system and eventually into prison. The combination of school
punishments and criminal penalties has proven a lethal mix for many poor minority
youth and has transformed schools from spaces of youth advocacy, protection,
hope, and equity to military fortresses, increasingly well positioned to mete out
injustice and humiliation, transforming the once-nurturing landscapes that young
people are compelled to inhabit. Rather than confront the war on youth, especially the
increasing criminalization of their behavior, schools now adopt policies that both
participate in and legitimize the increasing absorption of young people into the
juvenile and adult criminal justice system. Although state repression aimed at children
is not new, what is unique about the current historical moment is that the forces of
domestic militarization are expanding, making it easier to put young people in
rather than provide them with the education, services, and care they need to face
the growing problems characteristic of a democracy under siege. War abroad takes
a toll not only in the needless loss of lives but also diverts valuable resources from
expanding public goods, especially schools and the quality of life of the young
people who inhabit them. As minority youth increasingly become the object of
severe disciplinary practices in public schools, many often find themselves vulnerable
and powerless as they are thrown into juvenile and adult courts or, even worse,
into overcrowded and dangerous juvenile correctional institutions and sometimes
adult prisons.
Zero Tolerance Policies
and the Death of Reason, vi
In this insufferable climate of increased repression and unabated exploitation,
young people and communities of color become the new casualties in an ongoing
war against justice, freedom, social citizenship, and democracy. Given the switch in
public policy from social investment to a policy of testing, measurement, and punishment
that President Obama and Secretary of Education Arne Duncan seem willing to support, it
is clear that schools will continue to be the object of malign neglect,
viewed less as a public good than a public pathology. Moreover, as government
policy continues to push for high-stakes testing, militarizing schools, and addressing
educational reform through the support of charter schools, it is clear that young
people for whom race and class loom large have become disposable and will be the first
to be neglected and eventually punished. After all, these are the young people who
are viewed as needing more resources and services while in the end lowering test
scores. According to the fact that schools today are viewed as instruments of
production and adjuncts of the corporation, they are judged largely through that which
can only be quantified. Consequently, public schools and the values and principles
through which they organized have more in common with factories and prisons than
with an education that prepares people to be knowledgeable, compassionate, and
critically engaged citizens.
How much longer can a nation ignore those youth who lack the resources and
opportunities that were available, in a partial and incomplete way, to previous
generations? And what does it mean when a nation becomes frozen ethically and
imaginatively in providing its youth with a future of hope and opportunity? Under
such circumstances, it is time for parents, young people, educators, writers, labor
unions, and social movements to take a stand and to remind themselves that not only
do young people deserve more, but so does an aspiring democracy that has any sense
of justice, vision, and hope for the future.20
Notes
This concept comes from Jonathan Simon, Governing Through Crime: How the War on Crime
Transformed American Democracy and Created a Culture of Fear (New York: Oxford University
Press, 2007).
For an excellent analysis of this issue, see Christopher Robbins, Expelling Hope (Albany: SUNY
(Press, 2008); Valerie Polakow, Who Carexjbr Our Children? (New York: Teachers College Press,
2007); William Lyons and _lulie Drew, Punishing Schools: Fear and Citizenship in American
Public Education (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 2006); Henry A. Giroux, The
Abandoned Generation (New York: Palgrave Press, 2004).
Simon, Governing Through Crime, p. 209.
This term comes from David Garland, The Culture of Control Crime and Social Order in
Contemporary Society (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2002).
Yolanne Almanzar, "First Grader in $1 Robbery May Face Expulsion," The New York Time:
(December 4, 2008), p. A26.
Advancement Project in Partnership with Padres and Loveless Unidos, Southwest Youth
Collaborative, Education on Lockdown: The Schoolhouse to Jailhouse Track (Chicago: Children &
Family Justice Center of Northwestern University School of Law, March 24, 2005), p. 11.
Ibid., p. 33.
Ibid., p. 7.
Ellen Goodman, "'Zero Tolerance' Means Zero Chance for Troubled Kids," Centre Daib» Time:
(January 4, 2000), p. 8.
Advancement Project, Eailcation on Lockdown, pp. 17-18.
Ibid., p. 31.
Elora Mukherjee, Criminalizing the Classroom: The Over-Policing of New York City Schools (New
York: American Civil Liberties Union and New York Civil Liberties, March 2008), p. 9.
Ibid., p. 6.
Ibid., p. 16.
Ibid., p. 16.
Randall R. Beger, "Expansion of Police Power in Public Schools and the Vanishing Rights of
Students," Social justice 29:1 (2002), p. 120.
Victor M. Rios, "The Hypercriminalization of Black and Latino Male Youth in the Era of Mass
Incarceration," in Racializing Justice, Disenfranchising Lives, ed. Marable, Steinberg, and
Middlemass, pp. 40-54.
For a superb analysis of urban marginality of youth in the United States and France, see Loic
Wacquant, Urban Outcartx (London: Polityg 2008).
find it Children's Defense Fund, America? Cradle to Prison Pipeline (Washington, DC: Children's
Defense Fund, 2007), http://www.childrensdefense.org/child-research-data-publications/data
/cradle-prison-pipeline-report-2007-full-highres.htm1., p. 77.
There are a growing number of groups fighting the growing school-to-prison pipeline, including
the crucial work being done by the Children's Defense Fund under the leadership of Marian
Wright Edelman and labor organizers such as Manuel Criollo, who works with the
Labor/Community Strategy Center in Los Angeles, California, to end the destruction of the
social welfare state and rise of a prison, punishment, and incarceration state. Under an initiative
called the Community Rights Campaign, they are working with groups in California and
in other states to end the school-to-prison pipeline and promote the broad work of educational
justice. Their current campaign theme is "Not down with the Lock Down," and their demands
include:
Brutalizing Kids
Decriminalize Truancy-End Truancy Tickets for Tardiness or as a Discipline
Measure (truancy in LA and around the country is the heightened 'broken window'
policy-to curb daytime "crime" by busting tardiness and truancy)
End School Administration Collaboration with the Gang Database-End Racist
Profiling in Schools
End Zero Tolerance & Police Repression in Our Schools & Communities
Youth Mentors and Support Programs, not Probation
Peer Conflict Mediation, not "Police Coercive Manipulation"
Fully Fund Programs that Culturally Support Services for Students of Color
Zombie politics has as one of its distinctive features the violence it wages
against young people. For instance, on May 20, 2009, Marshawn Pitts, a 15-year-old
African American boy who is also a special needs student, was walking
down the corridor of the Academy for Learning High School in Dolton, Illinois.
A police officer in the school noticed that the boy's shirt was not tucked in and
started shouting and swearing at him. Pitts claims that he immediately started to tuck
in his shirt, but it was too late. Within seconds, the police officer pushed him into
the lockers, repeatedly punched him, and then slammed him to the ground and
pushed his face to the floor. The officer then applied a face-down take-down hold
to the child, a maneuver that has resulted in over twenty deaths nationwide and is
banned in eight states. Pitts said he was terrified and was having a hard time
breathing as a result of the forceful restraint. Because of this unprovokcd attack by
a police officer who is supposed to protect kids in school, the young man ended up
with a broken nose and a bruised jaw.
In case the reader suspects I have confused the facts, the assault was caught on
school security cameras and ended up on YouTube.1 Indeed, a 15-year-old boy with
an early childhood brain injury and a learning disorder, attending a school for
special needs children, was tackled in the school and suffered injuries by a police
officer because of a dress code violation. Pitts was not carrying a weapon. He did not
threaten anyone. He was not dealing drugs. In fact, he appears to have given an
entirely new meaning to what constitutes a clear and present danger, warranting the
use of force by the police-he simply did not have his shirt tucked in, and for this
he was beaten by a police officer three times his size. Harmless acts of indiscretion
are now elevated to the status of a dangerous crime.
One could argue that this case is so bizarre and outrageous that the only
logical explanation is to call into question the cop's (not the young man's) mental
capacities. How could a reasonable adult trained as a professional policeman so
viciously assault a young boy for no apparent or legitimate reason? But that is too
easy. The brutalizing behavior exhibited by this unhinged police officer would be
better understood as symptomatic of a set of larger forces in American society that
are increasingly defining kids through a youth crime complex that touches almost
every aspect of their lives-extending from the streets they walk on to the schools
and community centers in which they spend most of their time.
This is not meant to suggest that school violence is not a real problem. Schools
have an obligation to create safe environments for all of our children, environments
that are welcoming rather than threatening, conducive to real learning, and
attentive to the problems students face. Administrators and teachers should connect to
student histories, be respectful of their experiences, encourage their voices, and
protect their rights. At the same time, school safety must take seriously the broader
educational goal of educating students "to participate in the complex and infinitely
worthwhile labor of forming citizens, men and women capable of furthering what's
best about us and forestalling what's worst."2
Brutalizing Kids, ii
The tragic death of 16-year-old Chicago student Derrion Albert, captured on
video and widely shown on the news;3 the 49 school-age children who have been
killed in Chicago by October 2009; the 300 wounded in 2009; and the fact that one
recent study states that 61 percent of all school children are exposed to varying
degrees of violence, speak to the culture of violence that young people face every day
both in and out of schools. What bears repeating is that these acts of violence took
place in and out of schools. School violence cannot be disconnected from the
larger violence that filters through American society, nor can it be addressed by
demonizing or beating kids, or, incredulously, militarizing their schools. Nor can it be
understood by simply pumping money into cash-strapped schools to promote standardized
testing, which borders on a kind of symbolic violence. The underlying economic, social,
and political causes of violence are largely tied to a society in which young people,
especially poor minority youth, simply do not matter any longer and are considered
disposable. Removed from the discourse of social investment, if not the social contract
itself, they are destined to be unemployed, having been warehoused in schools often
lacking the most basic resources, and subject to a culture of violence from which they
can rarely escape and almost never transform on their own.
In a society ruled by the living undead, young people are increasingly the
victims of adult abuse and are maligned as dangerous and undeserving of even mild
forms of social investment. Hence, it is not surprising, given how little money or
time is spent on them, that they are treated as a threat, and their behavior endlessly
monitored, controlled, and subject to harsh disciplinary measures. Schools, especially
for poor white and minority children, are largely viewed as either testing centers
where young people are simply bored into passivity or submission, or they are modeled
after prisons-subject to punishing, zero tolerance policies, lock downs, constant
surveillance, humiliating security measures, intimidation, and sometimes assault, by
security and police who are often armed and roam the corridors. ln short, if you are
poor black, brown, or white youth, you are not considered a viable student or a
productive citizen but a potential criminal.
Brutalizing Kids, iii
Schools now form partnerships with the police and private security agencies.
Teachers, once the heroes in this coming-of-age narrative, are now a sideshow. Most
are deskilled, reduced to technicians teaching for the high-stakes testing machine
and often forced to share their responsibilities with armed security forces.
Administrators now confuse management with leadership and become the pawns
of corporate and punishing forces they can no longer control. Instead of investing
in disadvantaged youth, American society now punishes them, and instead of being
prepared for a productive life in the larger society, too many young people are
pushed and shoved into a criminal justice system. They move from the schools
directly to the juvenile detention centers, if not adult prisons. And when money is
pumped into the schools, it is increasingly diverted from addressing real problems
such as the need for more teachers, social workers, health workers, teaching aides,
and safe avenues of protection for kids travelling to and from school. Instead, the
money is invested in metal detectors, surveillance cameras, security guards, high
security fences, and armed police with dogs.
While all youth are now suspect, poor minority youth have become the primary
targets of modes of social regulation, crime control, and disposability-now the
major prisms that define many of the public institutions and spheres that govern
their lives. The model of policing that governs all kinds of social behaviors and
interactions also constructs a narrow range of meaning through which young people
define themselves. This rhetoric and practice of policing, surveillance, and
punishment have little to do with the project of youth as the social investment of the future
and a great deal to do with increasing powerful modes of disciplinary regulation,
pacification, and control-elements comprising a "youth control complex" whose
prominence in American society points to a state of affairs in which the claims of
democracy go unheard.
Students being miseducated, mistreated, criminalized, and arrested through a
form of penal pedagogy in locked-down schools that resemble prisons is a vicious
and incredibly visible index of the degree to which mainstream politicians and the
American public have turned their backs on young people in general and poor
minority youth in particular. As schools are reconfigured to resemble prisons, crime
becomes the central metaphor used to define the school environment, while
criminalizing the behavior of young people becomes the most valued strategy in
mediating the relationship between educators and students. The consequences of these
policies for young people suggest not only an egregious abdication of responsibility-as
well as reason, judgment, and restraint-on the part of administrators, teachers, and
parents, but also a new role for schools as they become more prisonlike and more
segregated as a consequence, eagerly adapting to their role as an adjunct of the
punishing state.
One wonders how many more young people have to be brutalized in their
schools and killed outside of schools before the American public wakes up and takes
seriously not only its responsibility to young people but also its commitment to a
mode of politics and a future that is on the side of young people rather than a vision
shaped largely by the values of the corporate state and the disciplinary apparatuses
of the punishing criminal justice system. What do the video of Marshawn Pitts
being brutalized by a police officer and the equally heartbreaking video of Derrion
Albert being beaten to death by his peers tell us about what kids are actually learning
in schools? Far too often, dominant media, school administrators, politicians,
and others insist on the pathology of privatized and collective violence that runs
roughshod over kids' lives in and out of schools. In the case of the police officer who
brutally beat Marshawn, the comforting solution is to privatize the assault, an
example of an individual pathology, the work of a "bad apple." The beating of
Derrion by other kids similarly speaks to an alleged culture of depravity that has been
defined for the last three decades as black, urban, and dangerous. In both cases, the
systemic neoliberal economic, institutional, educational, and racist underpinnings
of such violence disappear into the logic of individual pathology or into the always
crowd-pleasing categorization of the culture of blackness as pathological. Neither
answer will do, at least not in an aspiring democracy. Finally, what do these acts of
violence against children tell us about what kids are learning through the pedagogical
force of the larger culture? What do they tell us about a society that refuses to
recognize that the issue is not what is wrong with children, but what is wrong with
American society?
For the last two decades, we have lived through an historical period in which the
United States surrendered its already tenuous claim to democracy. The frames
through which democracy apprehends the lives of others as human beings worthy
of respect, dignity, and human rights were sacrificed to a mode of politics and
culture that simply became an extension of war, both at home and abroad. At home
the punishing state increasingly replaced the welfare state, however ill-conceived,
as more and more individuals and groups were treated as redundant, undeserving
of those safety nets and basic protections that provide the conditions for living with
a sense of security and dignity.1
Under such conditions, basic social supports were replaced by an increase in the
production of prisons, the expansion of the criminal justice system into everyday
life, and the further erosion of crucial civil liberties. Shared responsibilities gave way
to shared fears, and the only distinction that seemed to resonate in the culture was
between friends and patriots, on the one hand, and dissenters and enemies on
other.2 State violence not only became acceptable, it was normalized as the
government spied on its citizens, suspended the right of habeas corpus, sanctioned police
brutality against those who questioned state power, relied on the state secrets
privilege to hide its crimes, and increasingly reduced those public spheres that were
designed to protect children to containment centers and warehouses that modeled
themselves after prisons.
Fear both altered the landscape of democratic rights and values and dehumanized
a population increasingly willing to look the other way as large segments of the
population were dehumanized, incarcerated, or simply treated as disposable.3 The
dire consequences can be seen every day as the media reports a stream of tragic
stories about decent people losing their homes, more and more young people being
incarcerated, and increasing numbers of people living in their cars, on the streets,
or in tent cities. The New York Times offers up a frontpage story about young people
leaving their recession-ridden families in order to live on the street, often surviving
by selling their bodies for money.4 Reports surface in the dominant media
about unspeakable horrors being inflicted on children tortured in the "death chambers"
of Iraq, Cuba, and Afghanistan.5 And yet the American public barely blinks.
The Bush administration further eroded a culture inspired by democratic
values, replacing it with a culture of war. During the last decade, the language and
ghostly shadow of war became all-embracing, not only eroding the distinction
between war and peace, but putting into play a public pedagogy in which nearly
every aspect of the culture was shaped by militarized knowledge, values, and ideals.
From video games and Hollywood films aided by the Department of Defense to the
ongoing militarization of public and higher education, the notion of the common
good was subordinated to a military metaphysics, war-like values, and the dictates
of the national security state." War was no longer the last resort of a state intent on
defending its territory. It morphed into a new form of public pedagogy-a type of
cultural war machine-designed to shape and lead the society. War became the
foundation for a politics that employed military language, concepts, and policing
relations to address problems far beyond the familiar terrains of battle. In some cases,
war was so aestheticized by the dominant media that it resembled an advertisement
for a tourist industry The upshot is that the meaning of war was rhetorically,
visually, and materially expanded to name, legitimate, and wage battles against social
problems involving drugs, poverty, and our newfound enemy, Mexican immigrants.
As war became normalized as the central fimction of power and politics, it
became a regular and normative element of American society, legitimated by a state
of exception and emergency that became permanent rather than temporary. As the
production of violence reached beyond traditionally defined enemies and threats,
the state now took aim at terrorism, shifting its register of power by waging war on
a concept, broadening its pursuits, tactics, and strategies against more than any
specific state, army, or location. The enemy was omnipresent, all the more difficult to
root out and all the more convenient for expanding the tactics of surveillance, the
culture of fear, and the resources of violence. War was now a commonplace feature
of American domestic and foreign policy, as the country engaged in a battle that had
no definitive end and demanded the constant use of violence.
Tortured Memories
and the
Culture of War, ii
It is difficult to imagine how any democracy could not be corrupted when war
becomes the foundation of politics. Any democracy that makes war and state
violence the organizing principle of society cannot survive for long, at least as a
democratic entity. The country descended into a period in which society was increasingly
organized through the production of both symbolic and material violence. A
culture of cruelty emerged in the media, especially in the talk radio circuit, in
which a sordid nationalism and a morally bankrupt nativism merged with a hyper-militarism
and masculinity that scorned both reason and all those who fit into the stereotype
of other, which appeared to include everyone who was not white and Christian.
Dialogue, reason, and thoughtfulness slowly disappeared from the public realm as
every encounter was framed within circles of certainty, staged as a fight to the death.
As the civic and moral center of the country disappeared under the Bush
administration, the language of the marketplace provided the only referent for
understanding the obligations of citizenship and global responsibility, undetened
by a growing war machine and culture that produced jobs, goods, and furthered the
war economy.
The war abroad entered a new phase with the release of the photos of detainees
being tortured at Abu Ghraib prison. War as organized violence was stripped of its
noble aims and delusional goal of promoting democracy and revealed state violence
at its most degrading and dehumanizing moment. State power had become an
instrument of torture, ripping into the flesh of human beings, raping women, and
most abominably torturing children. Democracy had become a shell that not only
defended the unthinkable but inflicted the most horrible mutilations on both adults
and children deemed to be the enemies of democracy. But the mutilations were also
inflicted against the body politic as politicians such as former Vice President Dick
Cheney defended torture while the media addressed the question of torture not as
a violation of democratic principles or human rights but as a strategy that may or
may not produce concrete information. The utilitarian arguments used to defend a
market-driven economy that only recognizes cost-benefit analyses had now reached
their logical end point as similar arguments were now used to defend torture, even
when it involved children. The pretense of democracy was stripped bare as it was
revealed over and over again that the United States had become a torture state,
aligning itself with infamous dictatorships such as those in Argentina and Chile during
the 1970s. The United States government under the Bush administration had
finally arrived at a point where the metaphysics of war, organized violence, and state
terrorism prevented them from recognizing how much they were emulating the very
acts of terrorism they claimed to be fighting. The circle had now been completed
as the warfare state had been transformed into a torture state. Everything become
permissible both at home and abroad just as the legal system, along with the market
system, legitimated a punishing and ruthless mode of Economic Darwinism that
viewed morality if not democracy itself as a weakness to be either scorned or
ignored. Self-regulation now drove the market, and narrowly defined individual
interests set the parameters of what was possible. The public collapsed into the
private, and social responsibility was reduced to the arbitrary desires of the hermetic,
asocial self. Not surprisingly, the inhuman and degrading not only entered public
discourse and shaped the debate about war, state violence, and human rights
abuses but served to legitimize such practices. Torture was normalized, and the
promise of an aspiring democracy was irreparably damaged.6
The United States under the Bush administration embarked on a war on terror
that not only defended torture as a matter of oHicial policy but furthered the
conditions for the emergence of a culture of cruelty that profoundly altered the
political and moral landscape of the country. As torture became normalized under
the Bush administration, it not only corrupted American ideals and political culture,
it also passed over to the dark side in sanctioning the unimaginable and unspeakable
torture of children. While the rise of the torture state has been a subject of intense
controversy, too little has been said by intellectuals, academics, artists, writers,
parents, and politicians about how state violence under the Bush administration set in
motion a public pedagogy and political culture that not only legitimized the systematic
torture of children but did so with the complicity of a dominant media that
either denied such practices or simply ignored them. The focus on children here is
deliberate because young people provide a powerful referent for not only the
longterm consequences of social policies, if not the future itself, but also because
they offer a crucial index to measure the moral and democratic values of a nation.
Children are the heartbeat of politics because they speak to the best of its
possibilities and promises, and yet they have in the last few years become the
vanishing point of moral debate, either irrelevant because of their age, discounted
because they are largely viewed as commodities, or scorned because they are considered
a threat to adult society.
Tortured Memories
and the
Culture of War, iii
I have written in Youth in a Suspect Society and in this book that how we educate
our youth is connected to the collective fixture we hope for.7 Actually, how we
educate youth became meaningless as a moral issue under the Bush administration,
because youth were not only devalued and considered unworthy of a decent life and
future (one reason they were denied adequate health care), they were also reduced
to the status of the inhuman and depraved and subjected to cruel acts of torture in
sites that were as illegal as they were barbaric. In this instance, youth became the
negation of not only politics but also the future itself But more is at stake here than
making such crimes visible. There is also the moral and political imperative of
raising serious questions about the challenges the Obama administration must address
in light of this shameful period in American history, especially ifit wants to reverse
such policies and make a claim to restoring any vestige of American democracy. Of
course, when a country makes torture legal and extends the disciplinary mechanisms
of pain, humiliation, and suffering to children, it suggests that far too many people
looked away while this was happening and in doing so allowed conditions to
emerge that made the unspeakable act of justifying the torture of children a matter
of state policy It is time for Americans to face up to these crimes and engage
in a national dialogue about the political, economic, educational, and social conditions
that allowed such a dark period to emerge in American history and to hold
those responsible accountable for such acts.
The Obama administration is under fire for its embrace of many of Bush's policies,
but what is most disturbing is its willingness to make war, secrecy, and the suspension
of civil liberties a central feature of its own policies. Obama, in his desire
to look ahead, recycles a dangerous form of historical and social amnesia and overlooks
the political and civic pathology he inherited. Memory at its best is unsettling
and sometimes even dangerous in its call for individuals to become moral and
political witnesses, to take risks, to embrace history not merely as a critique, but as
a warning about how fragile democracy is and what will likely happen when the
principles, ideals, and elements of the culture that sustain it are allowed to slip away,
overtaken by forces that embrace death rather than life, fear rather than hope,
insularity rather than solidarity Robert Hass, the American poet, has suggested that
the job of education, its political job, "is to refresh the idea of justice going dead in
us all the time." justice is slipping away, once again, under the Obama administration,
but it is not just the government's job to keep it from "going dead." It is also
our job-as parents, citizens, individuals, and educators-not merely as a matter of
social obligation or moral responsibility, but as an act of politics, agency, and possibility.
Notes
Loic Wacquant, Punishing the Poor: The Neoliheral Government q/`SorialIn.rerurit_y (Durham, NC:
Duke University Press, 2009).
See Zygmunt Bauman°s critical analysis of Carl Schmitt's popularity regarding this distinction
in his Living on Borrowed Time (London: Polity Press, 2010), especially "Conversation III."
Henry A. Giroux, The Abandoned Generation: Beyond the Culture of Fear (New York: Palgrave,
2004).
Ian Urbina, "Recession Drives Surge in Youth Runaways," The New York Times (October 25,
2009), p. Al.
Henry A. Giroux, Hearts of Darkness: Torturing Children in the War on Terror (Boulder, CO:
Paradigm, 2010).
6. Nick Turse, The Complex: How the Military Invades Our Everyday Lives (New York: Metropolitan
Books, 2008).
Henry A. Giroux, Youth in a Suspect Society (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009).
Youth
Beyond the
Politics
of Hope
The counter-revolution that has gripped the United States since the late 1980's (RR)
has been somewhat modified with the election of Barack Obama to the presidency.
Unfortunately the dark times that befell us under the second Bush administration have
far from disappeared, especially for young people. The assault that
the second Bush administration waged on practically every remnant of the public
good-from the Constitution to the environment to public education-appears to
have somewhat lessened its grip as the Cbama regime moves into its second year
in power. Yet the range, degree, and severity of the problems the Obama team has
inherited from the Bush administration seem almost too daunting to address
successfully: a war raging in two countries, a legacy of torture and secret prisons, a
dismantling of the regulatory apparatus, a poisonous inequality that allocates resources
to the rich and misery to the poor, an imperial presidency that shredded the balance of
power, a looming ecological apocalypse, a mined reputation abroad, and a
financial crisis that is almost unprecedented in American history-policies and
conditions that have brought great suffering to millions of Americans and many
millions more throughout the world. But the crisis that is most often forgotten or
repressed in the daily headlines of gloom is the war that is being waged at home,
primarily against young people, who have historically been linked to the promise
of a better life, one that they would both inherit and reproduce for future
generations. In a radical free-market culture, when hope is precarious and bound to
commodities and a corrupt financial system, young people are no longer at risk: they
are the risk Young people are no longer troubled: they are trouble.
The conditions produced by the financial crisis have resulted in the foreclosure
of not only millions of family homes but also the future of young people, as the
prospects of the unborn are mortgaged off in the interests of corporate power and
profits. As wealth moved furiously upward into private hands for the last several
decades,1 any talk about the future has less to do with young people than with short
term investments, quick turnovers in profits, and the dismantling of the welfare state.
Moreover, the destruction of the welfare state, or even better the social state, has
gone hand-in-hand with the emergence of a prison-industrial complex and a new
penal state that regulates, controls, contains, and punishes those who are not
privileged by the benefits of class, color, immigration status, and gender. How else to
explain a national prison population that has grown from 200,000 in 1973 to
slightly over 2.3 million in 2010? It gets worse. The Bureau of Justice Statistics
reports that at the end of 2007 "over 7.3 million people were on probation, in
prison, or on parole-3.2 percent of all U.S. adult residents or 1 in every 31
adults."2
As policing, containment, and imprisonment merge with the market-driven dictates
of casino capitalism, the reasons for and redress of misfortune are now placed
entirely in the hands of isolated individuals. As the circuitry of social control and
power redefines the meaning of youth, particularly those marginalized by class and
color, young people are subjected to a number of indiscriminate, cruel, and
potentially illegal practices by the criminal justice system. In the age of instant
credit and quick profits, human life is reduced to just another commodity to be bought and
sold, and the logic of short-term investments undercuts long-term investments in
public welfare, young people, and a democratic ????????. Not surprisingly, young
people as a symbol of long-term commitment are now viewed as a liability rather
than an asset. Barack Obama repeatedly insisted both before and after his election
that the United States must live up to its obligations to future generations. While
Obama has only been in office for a few years, it is becoming increasingly difficult
to see how young people are benefitting from that promise. Obama's economic
policies are being shaped by people who caused the crisis, thus condemning children
to massive levels of unemployment and a future without hope. His education
policies are simply an extension of the discredited Bush approach to schooling, and
Ame Duncan, the secretary of education, appears unusually illiterate when it comes to
being able to pose a democratic vision for education, given his love of the market,
testing, and his dislike for any mode of knowledge and classroom pedagogy that can
not be measured. Duncan's policies tum the language of school reform into the
discourse of punishment and extend the neoliberal, zombie-like war being waged
against young people. For example, as jesse Hagopian points out, the
Race to the Top Initiative is tied to a $4.3 billion fund to make states compete for
desperately needed education money by using eligibility requirements to push for charter
school schools publicly handed by taxpayers, yet run privately, outside the control of
local school boards-and merit pay schemes where teachers are paid according to student
test scores.
Ame's turnaround play proposes closing some 5,000 schools across the country and firing
entire teaching staffs at schools perceived to be failing.3
Youth
Beyond the
Politics
of Hope, ii
When Jesse Hagopian interviewed Duncan, he asked him why he is putting money
into charter schools when a recent Stanford study suggested that public schools on
the whole outperformed charter schools. Hagopian's point was that if public schools
are outperforming charter schools, why not invest public money in schools that are
accountable to public control? In response, Duncan provided what can only be
viewed as a nonsensical answer: "There is nothing inherently good or bad about
charters."
Not only is this answer nonsensical, but it reveals the lack of compassion and
understanding necessary to curb the kind of violence being waged against young
people in public schools, on the streets, and in a range of other spheres. Clearly, the
war against young people does not begin and end with public schooling. Equally
important is the need to recognize that American society is still in a state of
permanent war, and many young people, especially poor minorities, will continue to die
or be maimed in imperial struggles abroad. We are still the largest arms dealer in
the world, and we have a Republican Party whose only goal seems to be to block
every policy Obama proposes regardless of whether it is good for the country as a
whole. The winners in this logic are the militarists, the defense industries, the
bankers, the most powerfiil corporations, the ruling elite, the advocates of ideological
rigidity, and commanding financial institutions.
Under such conditions, there is a need to analyze the forces that ushered in such
dark times and examine their most unlikely and often invisible victims-those
young people who now symbolize trouble rather than promise, and who experience
daily the repercussions of adult neglect, ifnot scorn, especially those youth for whom
race and class loom large in their lives. This is a generation of young people who
have been betrayed by the irresponsibility of their elders and relegated to the margins
of society, often in ways that suggest that they are an excess, redundant, a drain
on the empire of consumption-a population who, in the age of rampant greed and
rabid individualism, appear to be largely expendable and disposable.
For many young people, these are dangerous times, and there is a need to
develop a new language for addressing both the suffering many young people experience,
albeit to different degrees, and the promise that an aspiring democracy
might offer them. We seem to live at a time when politics is divorced from a sense
of outrage as well as a sense of hope. In the face ofa culture awash in consumerism,
spectacularized hyper-violence, trash television, racist talk radio, and trivialized
journalism, there seems to be little concern, if not understanding, of a number of
forces-including an unfettered free-market ideology, a dehumanizing economic
system, the rise of the racially skewed punishing state, and the attack on public and
higher education-that have come together to pose a threat to young people and
that are so extreme that they can be accurately described as a "war on youth."
Yet, in spite of such manufactured public indifference, it is imperative that
educators, parents, and other concerned Americans do everything they can to make
visible those forces responsible for the dire state of today's youth. Clearly, such an
intervention must arise from the belief that individual and collective resistance is
?? out of awareness, critical education, discerning judgment, and an ethic of
mutuality-all of which suggests a struggle that is as educational as it is political,
with no line dividing one from the other. While there were good reasons to celebrate
initially the Obama victory, what has become clear is that it never offered any
guarantees that the political, economic, and social conditions that have brought us to
the brink of disaster would fundamentally change. Substantive and lasting change
must come from below: from young people, students, workers, intellectuals, artists,
academics, parents, workers, labor unions, social movements, and other individuals and
groups willing not just to demonstrate for equality, freedom, and social justice but
to organize in order to push hope over the tipping point, push politics in
a new democratic and socially just direction, and engage in a collective struggle that
takes power away from political and corporate elites, returning it to the people who
are the real source of any viable democracy.
As I have pointed out in much of my work, the changing punitive conditions
youth now face in the new millennium and the degree to which they have been put
at risk by reactionary social policies, institutional mismanagement, and shifting cultural
attitudes has assumed the status of a low-intensity war. While youth have
always represented an ambiguous category, they have within the last years been
under assault in ways that are entirely new, and they now face a world that is far more
dangerous than at any other time in recent history. And these new conditions
demand a new set of categories and vocabulary for understanding the changing
problems youth face within the relentless expansion of a global market society, one
that punishes all youth by treating them largely as commodities.4
Youth
Beyond the
Politics
of Hope, iii
But if the commodification of American society represents a soft war on youth,
the hard war takes a different and more extreme form and subjects poor youth and
youth of color to the harshest elements, values, and dictates of a growing youth
crime complex, governing them through a logic of punishment, surveillance, and
control. In this instance, even as the corporate state is in turmoil, it is transformed
into a punishing state, and certain segments of the youth population become the
object of a new mode of zombie-like governance based on the crudest forms of disciplinary
control. For example, a recent study, Tbe Consequences of Dropping Out of High School,
published by Northeastem University, states that on any given day "1.4%
of the nation's 16-24 year olds were institutionalized of whom nearly 93% were
residing in correctional facilities (jails, prisons,juvenile detention centers)."5 These figures become even more alarming when analyzed through the harsh realities of
economic deprivation and racial disadvantage. Nearly one in every ten young male
high school dropouts was either in jail or juvenile detention. And for African
American youth, the figure jumps to one in four high school dropouts being incarcerated.
There are over 6.2 million high school dropouts in the United States, and
they lack both decent educational opportunities, adequate job-training programs,
and the chance for decent employment. For instance, the jobless rate for young
African American males has risen to a staggering 69 percent while for whites it is
54 percent. What becomes clear is that the high school dropout and unemployment
rates are increasingly driving staggering incarceration rates for young people. As this
recession unfolds, young people, especially poor minorities who fail to finish high
school, bear the brunt of a system that leaves them uneducated and jobless, ultimately
offering them one of the two bailouts available for populations largely considered
disposable-either the juvenile detention center or prison. What does it say about
a society that can put trillions of dollars into two useless wars, offer generous tax
cuts for the rich, and bail out corrupt banks and insurance industries but cannot
provide a decent education and job training opportunities for its most disadvantaged
youth?
Out of ethical necessity, any discourse about youth should raise serious questions
about the social and political responsibility of educators in addressing the plight
of young people today. What is the purpose of higher education and its faculties in
light of the current assault on young people, especially since it is education that provides
the intellectual foundation and values for young people to understand, interrogate, and
transform when necessary the world in which they live? Matters of popular consciousness,
public sentiment, and individual and social agency are far too
important as part of a larger political and educational struggle not be taken seriously
by academics who advocate the long and difficult project of democratic reform.
Tragically, few intellectuals providing critical commentary on the current conditions
affecting youth offer any insights regarding how the educational force of the culture
actually works pedagogically to reproduce dominant ideologies, values, identifications,
and consent. How exactly is it possible to imagine a more just, more
equitable transformation in government and economics without a simultaneous
transformation in culture, consciousness, social identities, and values? Finally, it is
impossible to understand the current crisis of youth and democracy without situating
such a crisis in a larger theoretical and historical context.
In addressing this challenge, it is important to provide a broader analysis of what
can be called the politics of free-market fundamentalism and disposability, examining
it as an educational, cultural, and political discourse that has gutted the
notion of the social state and produced a set of policies that lay the groundwork for
a politics of greed and disposability that has had and continues to have dire
consequences for society at large, and especially for young people. As home foreclosures
reach into the millions, as more than fifteen million workers join the ranks of the
unemployed, as the ranks of the homeless expand beyond the wildest predictions,
children bear the brunt of these problems. As I have mentioned in previous
chapters, the notion of the child as symbol of adult responsibility and the hopeful future
once symbolized by the figure of the child are disappearing from American life.
Children now worry about how they can help their parents get ajob, make a mortgage
payment, and simply afford to get food for a meal.
Youth
Beyond the
Politics
of Hope, iv
We now live in a country in which the pervasive and all-embracing reach of a
reactionary, racist, and greed-driven politics has reached its endpoint and reveals its
own arrogance and cruelty every day in the suffering of those individuals, children,
and families shipwrecked by the recklessness of a society that only believes in
short-term investments and the smell of fast profits. In response to this type of barbaric
behavior and systemic misuse of power, the American public is further insulted by a
culture of cruelty that is offered up by right-wing media pundits as a form
of cheap theater. Fortunately, power is never completely on the side of domination,
nor is it entirely in the hands of those who view youth as an excess to be contained
or burden to be expelled. Power is also bom ofa realistic sense of hope, one that
situates new possibilities and dreams of the future within the realities of current
structures of domination and oppression. Young people deserve more, and it is up
to those who are willing to assume a measure of civic courage and social
responsibility to come together and say enough is enough, and then mobilize to force
Obama to take seriously what it might mean to live up to the principles of both an
aspiring democracy and, yes, the Nobel Peace Prize. But more importantly, young
people and others need to develop social movements that create a political party that
refuses the center-right politics of the Democratic and Republican parties. This
would be a party that matches its ideals and rhetoric with action and policies that
benefit working- and middle-class people and not simply the elite running the
financial institutions; this would be a politics that provides universal health care,
expands social protections for the disadvantaged, and democraticizes wealth and
power in the United States so as to give real meaning to a democratic politics.
Zombie politics feeds off the lawlessness caused by massive inequalities in wealth,
income, and power. lt's time to bury the dead and let the living once again inhab
it the regions of government, the media, the economy, and other crucial spheres of
power.
Notes
See, for example, "Dollars and Sense and United for a Fair Economy", The Wealth Inequality
Reader, 2nd ed. (Boston: Dollars and Sense, 2008); See especially, Michael Schwalbe, Rigging
tbe Game: How Inequality Is Reproduced in Everyday Life (New York: Oxford University Press,
2008); Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, Tbe Spirit Level: Why Greater Equality Makes
Societies Stronger (New York: Bloomsbury Press, 2009).
U.S. Department of Justice, "Bureau of Justice Statistics," accessed January 2008,
http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/bjs/pandp.htm.
Jesse Hagopian, "Schooling Arne Duncan," CommonDreams.org (July 21, 2010).
www.commondreams.org/pring/S8538
Ibid.
Andrew Sum, et al., The Consequences af Dropping Out of High School (Boston: Center for Labor
Market Studies, Northeastern University, October 2009), http://www.clms.neu.edu/p
SECTION IV
Conclusion
Winter in
America
Democracy
Gone Rogue
The absolute???...spells doom to everyone when it is introduced into the political realm.
HANNAH Arendt
Democracy in the United States is experiencing both a crisis of meaning and
a legitimation crisis. As the promise of an aspiring democracy is sacrificed
more and more to corporate and military interests, public spheres have largely been
commercialized, and democratic practices have been reduced to market relations,
stripped of their worth, and subject to the narrow logics of commodification and
profit-making. Empowerment has little to do with providing people with the
knowledge, skills, and power to shape the forces and institutions that bear down
on their lives and is now largely defined under the rubric of being a sawy consumer.
When not equated with free-market capitalism, democracy is reduced to the empty
rituals of elections largely shaped by corporate money and indifferent to relations
of power that make a mockery out of equality, democratic participation, and collective
deliberation.1
The undoing of democracy as a substantive ideal is most visible in the illegal
legalities perpetuated by the Bush/Cheney regime and reproduced under the presidency of
Barack Obama that extend from the use of military commissions, the policy of indefinite
detention, suppressing evidence of torture, maintaining secret and illegal prisons in
Afghanistan, to the refusal to prosecute former high-level government officials who
sanctioned acts of torture and other violations of human rights.
As part of the crisis of legitimation, democracy's undoing can be seen in the anti
democratic nature of governance that has increasingly shaped domestic and foreign
policy in the United States, policies that have been well documented by a number
of writers extending from Noam Chomsky to Chris Hedges. What is often missed,
however, is how such anti-democratic forces work at home in ways that are less visible
and-when they are visiblwseem to become easily normalized, removed from
any criticism as they settle into that ideological fog called common sense.
If the first rule of politics is to make power invisible, the second rule is to
devalue critical thought by relieving people of the necessity to think critically and hold
power accountable-always in the name of common sense. Under the populist rubric of common
sense, democracy is now used to invoke rationalizations for invading other countries,
bailing out the rich, and sanctioning the emergence of a national
security state that increasingly criminalizes the social relations and behaviors that
characterize those most excluded from what might be called the consumer and
celebrity-laden dreamworlds of a market-driven society As democracy is removed
from relations of equalityg justice, and freedom, it undergoes a legitimation crisis as
it is transformed from a mode of politics that subverts authoritarian tendencies to
one that reproduces them. Used to gift wrapping the interests and values of an
authoritarian culture, the rhetoric of democracy is now invoked to legitimate its
opposite, a discourse of security and a culture of fear enlisted by intellectuals,
pundits, and other anti-public intellectuals as all-embracing registers for mobilizing a
rampant nationalism, hatred of immigrants, and a bunker politics organized around an
"us-versus-them" mentality. When tied to the discourse of democracy, such
practices seem beyond criticism, part of a center-right mentality that views such
policies as natural and God-given-beyond ethical and political reproach.
As the country undermines its own democratic values, violence and anti-democratic
practices become institutionalized throughout American culture, their after shocks barely
noticed, testifying to how commonplace they have become. For instance, as one major report
indicated recently more "than 60 percent of children were exposed to violence within the
past year . . . [with] nearly half of adolescents surveyed _ . . assaulted at least once
in the previous year [and] one-quarter had witnessed an act of violence."2 In just one week, the media reported on a 12-year-old student who was arrested for doodling on her
desk at school. Her teacher thought it was a criminal act and called the New York City
police who promptly handcuffed her and took her to the local police station.3 In
Montgomery, Maryland, a 13-year old student at Roberto Clemente Middle School was taken
out of class by security officers after she refused to recite the Pledge of Allegiance!4
The mainstream media provide glimpses of such assaults but rarely are they analyzed within
a broader political and social context that highlights the political and economic conditions
that make them possible. For instance, such assaults say nothing about the increasing
militarization of public schools, the right-wing attempts to defund them so they
can be privatized, the rampant inequality that approximates a form of class warfare,
or the racism often at the heart of such practices.
Winter in
America
Democracy
Gone Rogue, ii
Such actions are now normalized within the discourse of an authoritarian politics
fueled by both the increasing militarization of all levels of society and legitimated
further through a harsh and cruel notion of Economic Darwinism. There are no shades of
gray in this militarized discourse, no room for uncertainty, thoughtfulness, or dialogue,
since this view of engagement is modeled on notions of war, battle, winning at all costs,
and eliminating the enemy. How this discourse plays out in shaping public education is
particularly revealing. Complex understanding is banished under the call for a thoughtless,
one-size-fits-all, zero tolerance policy in schools; intelligence is now quantified using
formulas that may be uselill for measuring the heights of trees but little else; and
teachers are deskilled through the wide spread adoption of both a governing-through-crime
pedagogy and an equally debilitating pedagogy of high-stakes testing.5
Resentment builds as social services either collapse or are stretched to the
limit at a time when over 15 million people are unemployed and over "91.6 million
people-more than 30 percent of the entire population-fell below 200 percent of
the federal poverty line."6 Emerging out of this void and shaping a more militaristic
anti-politics are the anti-public intellectuals and their corporate sponsors, eager
to fill the air with populist anger by supporting right-wing groups, Sarah Palin types,
Glenn Beck clones, and self-styled patriots who bear an eerie resemblance to the
beliefs and violent politics of the late Timothy McVeigh, who bombed a federal
building in Oklahoma City in 1995.7
This emerging conglomerate and diverse group of anti-public intellectuals,
political pundits, and populist agitators express a deep-seated hatred for government
(often labeled as either socialist or fascist), progressive politics, and the notion that
everyone should have access to a quality education, decent health care, employment,
and other public services. Under such circumstances, it is not surprising that Sarah
Palin, in addressing the recent National Tea Party convention, stated: "I will live, I
will die for the people of America, whatever I can do to help."8 Surely, these words
leave little ambiguity for members of the John Birch Society, right-wing militia
groups, Oath Keepers white supremacists, and other armed anti-government groups
that appear to be growing in numbers and influence under the Obama presidency.
But while these lines received much attention from the dominant media, the more
telling comment took place when Palin offered the Tea Party audience lines she lifted
from one of the more fascistic films released by Hollywood in the last decade,
Fight Club. Inhabiting the character of a self-styled, pathologically violent
maverick, Tyler Durden (played by Brad Pitt), whose misogyny is matched by his
willingness to engage in acts of militia-inspired terrorism, Palin unabashedly
mimics one of Tyler's now-famous wisecracks in attacking Obama's clever rhetoric
with the line, "How's that hope); changey stuff working out for ya?"9 Going rogue
in this context suggests more than a compensatory quip for any kind of sustained
analysis; instead it offers a seductive populist reference to lawless violence.
This somewhat confused but reckless appropriation of the discourse of glamorized
violence suggests the not-so-subtle ways in which violence has become the
framing mechanism for engaging in almost any mode of politics. Under such circumstances,
politics shares an ignoble connection to a kind of soft terrorism, a kind
of symbolic violence blatantly tied to the pathologies of corporate cormption, state
sanctioned brutality, and authoritarian modes of engagement. As violence and
politics merge, the militarization, disciplining, and oppressive regulation of American
society continue, often legitimated by a popular culture in which the spectacles of
celebrity idiocy and violence become the only stimuli left to shock people out of their
boredom or offer them an outlet for their anger. But it continues in ways that seem
incidental rather than connected, diffused of its real meaning and abstracted from
the politics that informs it-hence, it slips into a kind of invisibility, wrapped in the
logic of common sense. Under its common sense rubric, homelessness and poverty are now
criminalized; schools are dominated by zero tolerance policies that turn
public schools into a low-intensity war zone; school lock-downs are the new fire
drills; the welfare state morphs into the warfare state, and university research is
increasingly funded by the military and designed for military and surveillance
purposes. In one of the more frightening examples of the militarization of American
society, David Price has brilliantly documented how government intelligence agencies
are now placing "unidentified students with undisclosed links to intelligence
agencies into university classrooms...and has gone further...than any previous
intelligence initiative since World War Two. Yet, the program spreads with little
public notice, media coverage, or coordinated multicampus resistance."10
Winter in
America
Democracy
Gone Rogue, iii
Is it any wonder that when intellectuals in the social sciences and medical fields
assist in the illegal torture of "enemy combatants" or embed themselves in military
sponsored counter-insurgency campaigns, such practices rarely get the critical
attention they deserve? All too often, the blathering disciples of common sense tell
us that politics is rooted in natural laws, unhampered by critical thought-a kind
of plain folk wisdom. Such appeals to the alleged obvious suggest that thinking is
at odds with politics, and its hidden order of politics is hateful of those public
spaces where speaking and acting human beings actually engage in critical dialogue,
exercise discriminating judgments, and address important social problems. Common sense
is in effect an anti-politics because it removes questions of agency, governance,
and critical thought from politics itself.
As part of the logic of plain speak, scapegoating rhetoric replaces the civic
imagination, and a brutalizing, calculating culture of fear, demonization, and
criminalization replaces judgment, emptying politics of all substantive meaning. In this
discourse, there are no social problems, only individual failings. Poverty, inadequate
health care, soaring public debt, the bailout of corrupt financial institutions, the
prison binge, and the destruction of public and higher education cannot be addressed
by the logic of common sense, because such issues point to broad, complex considerations
that demand a certain amount of understanding, literacy, and a sense of political and
moral responsibility-all enemies of the anti-public intellectuals who wrap themselves in
the populist appeal of a know-nothing common sense. The populist appeal to the so-called
obvious makes human beings superfluous, depoliticizes politics, and transforms human beings
into the living dead, unable to recognize "that politics requires judgment, artful diplomacy,
and judicious discrimination."11
Common sense occupies the antithesis of Hannah Arendt's insistence that debate
constitutes the very essence of political life."12 This is the central message of the
zombie-like Fox News, Sean Hannity, and other right-wing Linda??.mentalists who
live in circles of certainty and reject any real attempt at debate, persuasion, and
deliberation as the essence of politics. Their populist appeal to common sense to
justify their various views of the world rejects both enlarged ways of thinking,
thoughtfulness, and the exercise of critical judgment. Such a discourse creates a
zombie politics in which deliberation is blocked and the ethos of democracy is stripped
of any meaning.
A zombie politics enmeshed in the production of organized violence, surveillance
market-driven corruption, and control, buttressed by an appeal to commonsense,
blocks the path to open inquiry. War not only becomes normalized under such
circumstances, it becomes a defining force in shaping all aspects of society,
including its use of science and technology. Put differently, as warlike values
become more prevalent in American society, science and technology are increasingly
being harnessed in the interest of militarized and commercialized values and
applications. For example, the defense industries are developing drone aircraft that
can be used to deliver high-tech violence not only abroad but also at home. Unmanned
drones, fitted with surveillance cameras, will soon be used to monitor demonstrations.
As the technology becomes more advanced, the drones will be mounted with taser guns,
rubber bullets, and other non-lethal weaponry in order to contain allegedly unruly
individuals and crowds.13 High-tech weapons have already been used on American
protesters, and as the state relies more and more on military values, money, and
influence to shape its most basic institutions, the use of organized violence against
civilians will become more commonplace. For instance, at the 2009 G20 summit
of world leaders, democracy took a hit as the Pittsburgh police used sonic cannons
against protestors.14 These high-tech weapons were used previously by the U.S.
military against Somali pirates and Iraqi insurgents and create sounds loud enough to
damage eardrums and potentially produce fatal aneurysms. In public schools,
surveillance has become so widespread that one school in Rosemont, Pennsylvania,
issued over 1,800 laptops to high school students and then used the webcams
fitted on the computers to spy on them. The mainstream media hardly blinked, while
the public yawned.
Winter in
America
Democracy
Gone Rogue, iv
Common sense may be good or bad in terms of its value, but in all cases it is
unreflective sense and as such short-cuts the types of critical inquiry fundamental
to an engaged public and an aspiring society. But it is particularly dangerous when
it becomes the pedagogical message of choice for much of the conservative-driven
media. Surely, common sense is of little help in explaining the existence of brain
research that is now being used to understand and influence how people respond
to diverse sales and political pitches. Nor does it explain why there is not a huge public
outcry over the emergence of a field such as neuromarketing, designed by politicians
and corporations who are "using MRIS, EEGS, and other brain-scan and
medical technology to craft irresistible media messages designed to shift buying
habits, political beliefs and voting patterns."15 Nor does it explain the politics or the lack of public resistance to food industries using the new media to market junk food
to children. Zombie politics loves to depoliticize any vestige of individual agency
and will. How else to explain a story by New York Times writer Nicholas D. Kristol
that legitimates the notion that political judgments are primarily the result of how
our brains are hard wired. This is the ultimate expression of anti-politics in which
matters of agency are now removed from any sense of responsibility, relegated to the
brave new world of genetic determinism.
Under such circmnstances, memory is lost; history is erased; knowledge becomes
militarized, and education becomes more of a tool of domination than of empowerment.
One result is not merely a collective ignorance over the meaning, nature,
and possibilities of politics but a disdain for democracy itselfthat provides the condition
for a lethal combination of political apathy and cynicism on the one hand and
a populist anger and an ethical hardening of the culture on the other. Symbolic and
real violence are now the defining features of American society. Instead of appealing
to the principles of social justice, moral responsibility, and civic courage, the
antipublic intellectuals and the market-driven institutions that support them laud
common sense. What they don't mention is that underlying such appeals is a hatred
not merely for govemment but for democracy itself The rage will continue and the
flirtations with violence will mount. Going rogue is now a metaphor for the death
of democratic values and support for modes of symbolic and potentially real
violence in which all vestiges of thought, self-reflection, and dialogue are destroyed.
As I have pointed out throughout this book, while the presence of zombies
seems to dominate the news and the American political and cultural landscape, it
does not signal the end of democratic politics. In fact, the increasing presence of the
hyper-dead makes the need for resistance to such a politics all the more obvious,
especially regarding those public spheres and institutions that produce knowledge,
ideas, desires, and values crucial to an aspiring democracy. While the struggle for
reclaiming the government as a responsible social state capable of both placing limits on
capital and providing protections for all Americans has to be central to such
a challenge, so does the struggle over culture as a form of public pedagogy. The likes
of Beck, Limbaugh, and Palin matter not simply because of what they say, but
because of the emergence and influence of anti-democratic institutions and the formations
of capital that support them.
Power does not work simply through the control and influence of wealth, income, and
resources. It also has to legitimate itself] and for that it needs to create a pedagogical
culture through which it can promote its ideologies and values.
Vast right-wing cultural apparatuses now exist in the mainstream media, on college
campuses, and in the government-a kind of stealth pedagogical machine that does
everything it can to promote its political agenda. The current fiasco in Texas and
Arizona speaks to the seriousness of such a struggle as ethnic studies are banned,
social studies curricula are rewritten so as to erase any vestige of progressive history,
and freedom is sabotaged as it is abstracted from politics and reduced to the practice of
consumerism. Mythic history now combines with a notion of freedom that
is as reactionary as it is depoliticizing. Zombie politics thrives on a culture of
blinding illiteracy, and for such a culture to be challenged, labor, youth, unions, and
other groups must unite over the need to address at the very least two pressing and
interrelated issues.
Winter in
America
Democracy
Gone Rogue, v
Effective resistance to zombie politics first requires addressing the political,
economic, and cultural conditions of massive inequality produced by casino capitalism.
These conditions must be challenged in every sphere in which such injustices
appear. Such inequality is destructive of human lives and human societies, defines
matters of life and death-whose life is valued and whose life only counts as redundant
and disposable-and determines which members of society will have access to
vital resources and which ones won't.16 This is demonstrated by the inequitable
funding of public schools and political campaigns, the poisonous influence of corporate
lobbyists in shaping legislation that benefits corporations and the rich,
access to quality health care based on wealth rather than need, and the massive corrupt
financial institutions that make a mockery of democracy while providing a
beachhead for expanding inequality in every aspect of our lives.
The second most pressing issue involves the educational force of political and
popular culture. Democratic ideas cannot exist without the public spheres that
make them possible. Culture in the form of the Internet and mass media is the most
powerful influence now used by the hyper-dead to promote their zombie politics.
These spheres must be recovered. lntellectuals, parents, unions, workers, and other
concerned citizens need to reclaim those places that give the voiceless a voice,
allow those marginalized by class and race to speak, and offer everyone the opportunity
to reclaim an A.merica that currently oH`ers them little hope in terms of a better and
more just life. This not only means using altemative media to counter the
hate-mongers, the conservative foundations, and right-wing radio and television,
but also organizing in churches, synagogues, mosques, union halls, and public
schools in order to collectively reclaim such institutions as democratic public spheres
while gaining the experience needed to challenge zombie pedagogy in all of its
manifestations throughout the culture and society.
Hannah Arendt has written that there are turning points in history when "the
decline of the old, the birth of the new, is not necessarily an affair of continuity."
What emerges in this liminal space between generations, according to Arendt, is a
"kind of historical no man's land" that can only be described in terms of "no longer
and not yet."17 Today, we are living in one of these in-between times. The
looming abyss is most obvious between the "no longer" of casino capitalism and the politics
of the hyper-dead and the "not yet," which holds the potential of a new politics
to emerge and assert the imperatives of a democracy that values trust, compassion,
equality, freedom, and social justice. As Americans, we must choose now whether
to fall back into a pit of despair and death, ever widening to contain all but the
immensely rich and powerful, or to move forward as politicized individuals and
organized communities into a fixture rooted in and sustained by democratic principles.
The "not yet" of this presently unknown iilture demands of us that we connect thought
with critique and outrage to a notion of realizable hope and that we heed
a rallying cry for justice against a zombie politics in which democracy has been
reduced to a graveyard for the hyper-dead. Hopefully, the voices of reason and
justice will recognize how serious this threat to democracy really is, and when they do,
they will surely understand what Gil Scott-Heron meant when he talked about winter in
America.
Notes
Hannah Arendt, On Revolution (New York: Viking, 1963), p. 79.
Editorial, "Violence in the Lives of Children and Youth," The Child Indicator 10:1 (Winter 2010),
p. 1.
Liliana Segura, "Arrested for Doodling on a Desk? 'Zero Tolerance' at Schools Is Going Way
Too Far," AlterNet (February 27, 2010),
https://www.alternet.org/2010/02/arrested_for_doodling_on_a_desk_zero
_tolerance_at_schools_is_going_way_too_far And,
https://www.alternet.org/2015/05/10-most-absurd-reasons-weve-arrested-small-children
Jenna Johnson, "Pledge of Allegiance Dispute Results in Md. Teacher Having to Apologize," The
Washington Post (February 24, 2010), p. B01. Also see;
https://www.timebomb2000.com/xf/index.php?threads/teacher-calls-school-police-on-student-who-wont-say-pledge.355702/
I have taken this issue up in great detail in my Youth in a Suspect Society: Democracy or
Disposability? (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2009).
Bob Herbert, "They Still Don't Get It," The New York Times: (January 23, 2010), p. A21.
Frank Rich, "The Axis of the Obsessed and the Deranged," The New York Times (February 28,
2010), p. WK10.
Ibid.
Cited in Kathleen Hennessy, "Sarah Palin to Tea Party Convention: 'This is about the people,'"
Los Angeles Time: (February 7, 2010), http://articles.latimes.com/2010/feb/07/nation/la-na
tea-party7-2010feb07.
David Price, "How the CIA Is Welcoming Itself Back onto American University Campuses,"
https://www.counterpunch.org/2003/04/07/the-cia-is-back-on-campus/
Richard Bernstein, The Corruption of Politics and Religion Since 9/11 (Malden,
MA: Polity Press, 2005) pp. 1-124.
Hannah Arendt, Between Past and Future (New York: Penguin Books, 1977), p. 72.
Paul Joseph Watson, "Surveillance Drones to Zap Protesters into Submission," Prison Planet
(February 12, 2010), http://www.prisonplanet.com/surveillance-drones-to-zap-protesters-into-submission.html.
For an excellent source on how the robotic revolution is being used to transform the nature of war,
see RW. Singer, Wired for Uhr: Tbe Robotic Revolution and Conflict in the 21st Century (New York:
Penguin Press, 2009).
News Blog, "G20 Protesters Blasted by Sonic Cannon," The Guardian (September 25, 2009),
https://www.theguardian.com/world/blog/2009/sep/25/sonic-cannon-g20-pittsburgh. See also
Ian Urbina, "Protesters Are Met by Tear Gas at G-20,"
https://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/25/us/25pittsburgh.html The New York Times (September 25, 2009),
p. A1O.
See, for example, Rinaldo Brutoco and Madeleine Austin, "'Spellcasters': The Hunt for the 'Buy
Button' in Your Brain," TruthOut (January 10, 2010),
https://truthout.org/articles/advertisers-and-politicians-hunt-for-the-buybutton-in-your-brain/
Goran Therborn, "The Killing Fields of Inequality," Open Democracy (April 6, 2009),
https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/the-killing-fields-of-inequality/
Hannah Arendt, "No Longer and Not Yet," in Reflection ?? on Literature and Culture, ed. Susannah
Yong Gottlieb (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2007), p. 121.
How to
Overcome
Dire
Political Fascism?
Cultivate Critical Thinking
Question the Narrative:
In times of political uncertainty, narratives can be
manipulated. Always look for the underlying messages, especially from political
figures or media outlets with clear biases. Fact-check, seek diverse sources,
and be cautious of “us vs. them” narratives that encourage division and fear.
Don't take what Musk and Trump say seriously. They don't so why should you?
A few places to start are Kara Swisher, Ezra Klein, Chris Cuomo,
Preston Dennet, NY Times, Michael Schratt, even NewsNation.
Ratings of my picks by reliability:
David Grusch, 95%
John E. Mack, 95%
Lewis Black, 95%
John Stewart, Comedy Central, 95%
Bruce Maccabee (1942-2024), 90%
Donald Keyhoe (1897-1988), 90%
James Fox, 90%
Leonard H. Stringfield, 90%
Kara Swisher, 90%
Ezra Klein, 90%
Julian Dorey, 90%
Chris Cuomo, 90%
Leonard Stringfield, 85%
George Adamski (1891-1965), 85%
Art Bell (1945-2018), 85%
Robert Dean (1929-2018), 85%
Preston Dennet, 85%
Stanton T. Friedman, 85%
Twitter (Before Musk), 85%
DNC (local), 85%
CNN, 80%
NY Times, 80%
George Knapp, 80%
Avi Loeb, 80%
Jesse Michels, 80%
Mercer Island Reporter, 80%
CBS (local), 80%
DNC (Democratic Party National), 80%
Ross Coulthart, 80%
Jesse Michaels, 75%
Michael Schratt, 75%
Marines, 75%
NewsNation, 65%
David M. Jacobs, 65%
NBC (local), 65%
ABC (local), 60%
Army, 60%
Chris Lehto (MIC/Air Force), 60%
X-Twitter (After Musk), 60% and dropping precipitously
Richard Dolan, 50% (dropping from 75% - 4 years ago)
Eagles Club (local), 50%
Elks Club (local), 50%
FAA, 50%
Joe Rogan podcast, 45%
Rotary Club (local), 45%
Steven Greer (Dr), 40%
Fox 'news', 30%
Navy, 25%
NASA, 20%
Air Force, 20%
RNC (Republican Party Local/National), 15% truthiness
CIA, 10%
Any Wall Street Club (all), 10%
Drumpf & Musk, 5% on a good day
Engage in Constructive Dialogue
If you encounter different viewpoints, engage in respectful dialogue to understand
the reasoning behind them. This doesn’t mean you need to change your stance, but it
can open up channels for greater understanding and tolerance in an increasingly
polarized world.
Practice Active Bystander Intervention Speak Up When You See Injustice:
Whether it’s at a protest, in your workplace, or even on social media, calling out
harmful behavior can make a difference. If you witness bullying, discrimination, or
hate speech, stand up against it. It can be daunting, but these small actions signal
that intolerance won’t be tolerated. Create Safe Spaces:
Foster safe environments for others to share their experiences, especially
marginalized voices. Supporting and amplifying the voices of those most affected by
authoritarian policies or injustices strengthens collective resistance.
Build Political Awareness Understand Policy Impacts:
Pay close attention to how proposed policies, laws, or executive orders affect civil
liberties, marginalized groups, or the environment. Share this information with your
community to spark important conversations about what is at stake.
Participate in Local Politics:
National politics are important, but local politics can often have a more immediate
impact on your daily life. Attend town hall meetings, participate in school board
meetings, or even consider running for local office or helping others to do so. Local
engagement is a critical form of resistance and an essential way to influence change
from the ground up.
Practice Direct Action and Civil Disobedience Peaceful Protests and Marches:
While direct action carries risks, it is a powerful
tool for social change. Participate in marches, demonstrations, or strikes to visibly
show your opposition to harmful policies. These events not only express dissent but
also help to unite people around common causes. Boycott and Divestment:
Refuse to support companies or institutions that support
oppressive regimes or harmful practices. Divesting from companies involved in
exploitation or environmental destruction is a form of resistance. Supporting
businesses that promote ethical values also sends a message of what you stand for.
Volunteer and Donate Support Organizations Fighting for Justice:
Many grassroots organizations are
working tirelessly to combat systemic injustices, protect civil rights, and advocate
for a better future. Volunteer your time or donate to these groups to amplify their
efforts. This could range from civil rights organizations to climate justice movements,
refugee support networks, or healthcare advocacy groups. Direct Mutual Aid:
Establish or join local mutual aid networks. These networks
are community-led groups that work to meet the needs of individuals within their
communities, especially those who may be the most vulnerable. Whether it’s food,
housing, or support for those facing legal battles, mutual aid can counter the
societal fractures that authoritarianism often thrives on.
Foster Empathy and Compassion Understand Oppression at Personal Levels:
Seek to understand and empathize with
the lived experiences of those facing discrimination or systemic oppression. This builds
solidarity and strengthens your resolve to stand against injustice. Intergenerational Solidarity:
Reach out to older generations who lived through
difficult political times. They may have valuable lessons about resilience and survival
during oppressive periods. Likewise, mentoring younger generations about the importance
of protecting democratic norms helps build a more resilient future.
Engage in Art and Creative Resistance Use Art to Speak Truth:
Art, music, and literature have always played a key role
in resisting oppressive regimes and in holding up a mirror to society. Whether you’re
creating, consuming, or sharing art that challenges the status quo, you contribute to
the wider cultural conversation about freedom and justice. Create Public Space for Resistance:
Public art installations, murals, or
performances can challenge public narratives and inspire others to think critically
about the direction society is heading.
Support Independent Media Fight Against Media Censorship:
Many authoritarian regimes target independent
journalism. Support media outlets that provide unbiased reporting and investigative
journalism. Subscribe to independent outlets, share news from non-corporate sources,
and participate in campaigns that defend press freedom. Create Your Own Media:
Social media, blogs, and podcasts provide platforms to
challenge dominant narratives. Create or amplify media that educates, raises
awareness, and empowers others to take action.
Practice Nonviolent Communication Resist Polarization in Conversations:
In politically charged environments,
it’s easy for conversations to spiral into anger or division. Practice active
listening and nonviolent communication when engaging with those who disagree
with you. Find common ground where possible, and prioritize empathy over antagonism. Build Coalitions:
Recognize that resistance isn’t always about unanimous
agreement but about shared goals. Work with people who may not align on every issue
but agree on key principles, such as protecting civil liberties or opposing
authoritarianism.
Educate the Next Generation Teach Civic Engagement:
If you’re a parent, teacher, or mentor, instill the
value of active citizenship in younger generations. Teach them about their rights,
the importance of voting, and how they can become engaged and informed participants
in society. Promote Critical Media Literacy:
Help young people recognize misinformation
and learn how to navigate media landscapes responsibly. In a world where disinformation
is increasingly common, teaching these skills is one of the most vital forms of
resistance.
Practice Long-Term Resistance Persevere in the Face of Setbacks:
Resistance isn’t always immediate or
victorious. You might not see the results of your actions right away, but don’t be
discouraged. Change often comes incrementally, and your continued efforts contribute
to a larger, ongoing struggle. Strengthen Communities of Resistance:
Work to sustain resistance over the long
haul. This could involve creating networks of mutual support, organizing educational
events, or coordinating long-term campaigns that focus on sustaining democratic
values in the face of authoritarian pressures.
Resist Normalizing Oppression Challenge Complacency:
It’s easy for society to normalize gradual encroachments
on freedom. Don’t let small erosions of rights become accepted as “just the way things
are.” Whenever there’s a new restriction or change that feels unjust or authoritarian,
raise awareness about its implications and demand accountability. Support Dissenters:
Be an ally to whistleblowers, activists, and journalists who
take risks to expose corruption or authoritarian tendencies. Standing by those who are
targeted for their resistance is a powerful form of solidarity.
The ultimate goal is to create a ripple effect—small, consistent actions that together
build a broader movement for justice, democracy, and human rights. Even in challenging
times, we can choose to act with resilience, courage, and hope, knowing that our
resistance can help shape a better future.
Former Republican Congressman Adam Kinsinger asks a question no current Republican
politician appears willing to say out loud for fear that Musk, Trump, or other rightwing
billionaires will use the corrupt Citizens United decision to blow them out of the water
politically with a multimillion-dollar primary challenge:
“[A]s I watch the behavior of our political leaders, the comments of an ever-increasingly
unhinged Trump, and the growing indifference of many Americans toward our role in the world,
I have to ask a painful question: Are we now the bad guys?”
It’s a helluva question. Our nation’s Founders overthrew a king in 1776, and paid a
huge price for it. Altogether, seventeen of the fifty-six signers of the Declaration of
Independence were wiped out by the war they declared.
The signers wrote in the Declaration, “we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our
Fortunes and our sacred Honor,” and it was a simple statement of fact. The day they
signed that document, each legally became a traitor and was sentenced to death for
treason by the ruler who controlled their lands and their homes.
One of the wealthiest of the signers was Thomas Nelson of Virginia, but a year after the
signing the British had seized his home and lands. When he and George Washington
attacked the British in Nelson’s hometown, Nelson encouraged Washington to attack the
Nelson homestead, which British General Cornwallis had taken as his headquarters, with
cannons. The house was destroyed, and after the war Nelson, unable to repay loans he’d
taken out against it to help finance the Revolution, lost his property; he died in
poverty at the age of 50.
The wealthy Philadelphia merchant, Robert Morris, lost 150 ships at sea in the war,
wiping out his small fortune; he died destitute. Signer William Ellery of Rhode Island
similarly lost everything, as did Virginia’s Carter Braxton and Benjamin Harrison,
Pennsylvania’s George Clymer, New York’s Philip Livingston, Georgia’s Lyman Hall,
and New Jersey’s Francis Hopkinson.
The British destroyed New York’s Francis Lewis’ property and threw his wife into
such a hellhole of a jail that she died two years later. Three of South Carolina’s
four signers — Edward Rutledge, Thomas Heyward, Jr., and Arthur Middleton — were
captured by the British and held in a filthy, unheated prison and brutally tortured
for a year before George Washington freed them in a prisoner exchange.
New Jersey farmer John Hart’s wife died shortly after he signed the Declaration, and
his thirteen children were scattered among sympathetic families to hide them from
the British and conservative loyalists. He never saw them again, dying alone and
wracked with grief three years later.
New Jersey State Supreme Court Justice Richard Stockton took his wife and children
into hiding after he signed the Declaration, but conservatives loyal to the crown
turned them in. He was so badly beaten and starved in the British prison that he
died before the war was over. His home was looted, and his wife and children
lived the rest of their lives as paupers.
Altogether, nine of the men in that room died and four lost their children as a
direct result of putting their names to the Declaration of Independence. Every
single one had to flee his home, and, after the war, twelve returned to find only
rubble. They were all willing to fight and die for the idea of democracy in America.
Every one of them.
And now, after 236 years of existence — as Donald Trump bows to Putin and tweets
a picture of himself cosplaying king in a gold crown — America is on the verge
of becoming an entirely different type of nation.
We’ve always (or nearly always) been on the side of democracies. We fought against
fascists in World War II and defeated them. We helped create democratic alliances
in Europe and Asia; we led the fight to create the United Nations.
And now we’re joining Russia. This century’s dictatorial, imperial power.
Monday will be the third anniversary of Putin’s brutal invasion and rape of Ukraine.
When he was a US Senator, Marco Rubio said:
“Vladimir Putin is an authoritarian thug who is accountable to no one. … I don’t think
what Vladimir Putin exhibits is leadership: I think what he exhibits is thuggery … and
we should be clear-eyed about that. … At the end of the day, Hillary Clinton was part
of the single biggest blunder ever when it came to Vladimir Putin, and that’s the reset
with Russia.”
Today, Lil’ Marco is talking about “incredible [investment] opportunities”
for American billionaires and US corporations who want to do business with Russia.
Just five months ago, Republican Senator Lindsay Graham stood with Ukrainian President
Zelenskyy in Washington, DC and said, “You’re the best kind of ally. You fight the
Russians so we don’t have to.”
Today, Graham — like every other Republican senator and House member except Thom Tillis —
has been cowed into a terrified impotence, unwilling to do anything to stop or block
America’s new dictator-friendly democracy-hostile foreign policy.
Our military is being purged along hard-right ideological lines, as was the Department
of Justice; the FBI is next on the firing line, although reports suggest that purge
began weeks ago.
Virtually every major government agency is under attack by the DOGE hackers, as the
America government is being crippled; Putin is no doubt delighted.
Even our defense budget is scheduled to be cut with a chainsaw, just as the threat
from Russia and China is at the highest point in our lifetimes.
They shut down children’s cancer research, Alzheimer’s research, and food and drugs
for the world’s poorest people. They are laying off FAA employees at the same time
planes are falling out of the sky. They’re gutting the staff that processes your
Social Security, tax, and Medicare payments.
Trump and his MAGA crowd are tearing our government apart, apparently with
the goal of replacing it with something quite different than America has
ever experienced before.
An entirely new America. A royal America. An America of, by, and for the
morbidly rich.
One that resembles the vision petrobillionaire David Koch laid out in 1980
when he ran for Vice President on a platform calling for the destruction
of nearly every federal agency except the Pentagon and the end of all
income taxes on billionaires.
A country that will bear a little resemblance to that grand idea our Founders fought
and died for.
And they’re doing it as fast as they can — dismantling our country, our democracy, and
realigning our foreign policy — because they know once Americans catch on we will rise
up and try to stop them.
America’s media and our free speech rights are under ideological attack, with every
major television network having been sued for millions; one has already capitulated.
A Substack newsletter writer was sued for millions by the new FBI Director. Trump even
sued a small Iowa newspaper and their pollster because they offended him.
Both Democratic Senator Chuck Schumer and Congressman Robert Garcia have been
threatened with investigation and imprisonment by a US attorney for their comments
about abortion and politics, despite the Constitution protecting members of Congress
from such intimidation. Schumer apologized on the floor of the Senate for saying of
SCOTUS justices’ anti-abortion Dobbs decision, “You have released the whirlwind and
you will pay the price”; Garcia is defiant.
Republicans could stop this, if they will just find their spine. Every soldier in the
American military is willing to die for their country on a moment’s notice, every
single one, but elected Republicans — who are supposed to have the courage to make
decisions about war and peace — won’t even raise their hands or lift their voices.
History will not treat this GOP well.
And to add insult to injury, this week Trump took down the agency that protects our
elections from foreign interference. The same sort of influence that may well have put
Trump into the White House in the first place.
As The New York Times noted in an article titled “Trump Dismantles Government Fight
Against Foreign Influence Operations”:
“Experts are alarmed that the cuts could leave the United States defenseless against
covert foreign influence operations and embolden foreign adversaries seeking to disrupt
democratic governments.”
Putin’s been playing Trump for a sucker since, apparently, 2017. That was when Trump’s
then-National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster said the president had a secret, private
meeting with Putin. McMaster tried to warn Trump about Putin but, he wrote in his memoir:
“Putin, a ruthless former KGB operator, played to Trump’s ego and insecurities with
flattery. …
“I told Trump how Putin had duped Bush and Obama. ‘Mr President, he is the best liar in
the world.’ I suggested that Putin was confident he could ‘play’ Trump and get what
he wanted, sanctions relief and the US out of Syria and Afghanistan on the cheap, by
manipulating Trump with ambiguous promises of a ‘better relationship’. He would offer
cooperation on counterterrorism, cybersecurity and arms control. “I could tell that
Trump was getting impatient with my ‘negative vibe’. I said what I needed to say. If
he was going to be contrary, I hoped he would be contrary to the Russian dictator,
not to me.”
Yet here we are today, with Trump realigning America toward Putin and away from the
democratic republic of Ukraine and the rest of democratic Europe.
As a result, Russia’s next step is to wait until Ukraine runs out of American air
defense systems and then just start bombing the crap out of Ukrainian cities.
Millions could die and it could lead to World War III, but that seems just fine with
Trump.
And, apparently, that’s just fine with every Republican Senator and Congress member
except Tillis. America is on the verge of becoming the world’s newest thug nation
ruled by fabulously wealthy oligarchs and a man who would be king.
Thus, sadly, the answer to Congressman Kinsinger’s question is clear: Yes, we are now
the bad guys, at least for the moment. We are now on the side of the royal ideology of
absolute power held by that one man, the King, whose soldiers imprisoned, tortured, and
murdered so many of our nation’s Founders.
When Rhode Island’s Stephen Hopkins signed the Declaration of Independence, he
remarked to his friend William Ellery that,
“My hand trembles, but my heart does not.” But Virginia’s Benjamin Harrison, who
weighed nearly 300 pounds, commented to Massachusetts’ Elbridge Gerry, a short, thin
man, “With me it [the hanging] will all be over in a minute, but you will be dancing
on air an hour after I am gone.”
Will any Republican in today’s House or Senate — the bodies those men created — find
even a fraction of the courage of those who founded this nation?
The people of America — and the world — are holding their breath, waiting for the answer.
Editorial
Reviews
Henry Giroux is one of the foremost public intellectuals writing on issues of education
in the U.S. today. This book is another testament to his long-standing quest for a just,
egalitarian, and critical pedagogy against its distortion in the service of economic,
political and cultural power. His pungent style gives powerful voice to a passionate
commitment to youth whose futures are placed in jeopardy by an educational system that
marginalizes their intellectual, ethical, and emotional needs – and all too often becomes
complicit in their criminalization. The book should be required reading for anyone concerned
with the social consequences of the neoliberal assault on public education, which the present
administration regretfully has done little to roll back.
- Arif Dirlik, Liang Qichao Memorial Visiting Professor, Tsinghua University, Beijing
In this timely and compelling critique of U.S. political culture, Henry Giroux makes clear
how it is that Americans are living through what Hannah Arendt once called ‘dark times’,
times in which the violence and cruelty of human disposability remains hidden in the black
light of an increasingly authoritarian public realm. Passionately and incisively argued,
Giroux’s critique offers insight into the political and pedagogical conditions that have
produced a ‘zombie politics’ and its associated forms of authoritarianism. In this respect,
Giroux illuminates what we need to see in order to reconstitute a lost social democratic
imagination.
- Roger I. Simon, University of Toronto
Henry Giroux offers his most passionate defense yet of democracy and civic values
in his new book.
This volume is a must-read in dark times like these. Giroux has for decades been an
outstanding tribune for democracy, an advocate for civic values and for questioning the
unequal status quo. In this new book, he takes up more vigorously than ever the threats to
the public sphere from reactionary forces gaining momentum. For Giroux, these threats to
humane democracy fit the ‘zombie aesthetic’ now pervading television, film, and popular
culture. Politics has become a monstrous caricature of public deliberation with wild
propositions and charges spreading fear and division. Giroux explores the hostile forces
sucking the blood out of our constitutional rights as well as the vitality out of ordinary
families. We have become a society of monopolized wealth and distributed poverty, a culture
of endless war, legalized torture, detention without trial, bursting prisons, and schools
that turn our bright children into data. These intolerable conditions require the outrage
and insight Giroux offers in his new book. He has written a volume inviting us to democratic
action and civic restoration before these dark times grow even darker.
- Ira Shor, Professor, City University of New York
America was lucky. We had Washington when it mattered, we had Lincoln when it
mattered. And we had FDR when it mattered. But, unfortunately, a bastard named Dulles
ordered the killing of JFK when it mattered most. Then Nixon, Reagan (twice), Bush,
Bush again (Bush 2.0). Prior to that, set the stage, there was Coolidge, and Hoover.
Are we even a republic any longer? I would argue we are no longer a democratic-republic.
We are an oligarchy ran by the right-wing fucking mega-rich. Between Fox and Twitter,
half the population listens and far too many believe everything said.
Just take a look at the Koch brothers as a example of deutsche-bags who have no
allegiance to anything or anyone but money & power. Fuck clean water, clean air, laws
or regulations. Fuck the planet. Koch fucks gave > 100 million to Heritage Foundation,
a right-wing organization to buy-off legislators. In return, they received billions in
deregulation. Tump who used his platform to make billions in meme coins. Musk who takes
federal money to send rockets up and send electric vehicles and trucks which look like
a 15-yo's wet perfect vehicle. Fuck them. They don’t need our help to get even richer.
Stop buying their shit with tax-dollars. Fuck them.
Almost every president since Andrew ‘Coward’ Jackson has bailed out the fucking rich.
And killed Indians, started wars (cold and hot), killed innocent men, women, children.
Enslaved and jailed everyone less wealthy. And spent YOUR money to protect them. CIA
even murdered OUR president.
Elon Musk's AI chatbot, Grok, concluded that President Trump is a 'Putin-compromised'
asset. Grok cited Trump's financial ties to Russia and his consistent refusal to criticize
Vladimir Putin as factors in its assessment.
The chatbot was developed to be 'truth-seeking,' but how seriously will anyone take
its conclusion?
According to the AI chatbot called Grok, which was developed by Elon Musk’s company
xAI, there is a “75-85% likelihood” that the person who delivered the State of the
Union address on a Tuesday night (Jan, 2025) is a “Putin-compromised” Russian asset.
In describing Grok, by the way, Musk said it is a “maximally truth-seeking AI, even
if that truth is sometimes at odds with what is politically-correct.”
Like, for example, determining that his good buddy Donald Trump, who has given Musk
free rein over every aspect of the federal government, is most likely a Russian
asset.
This all began with a question put to Grok. It was:
“What is the likelihood from 1-100 that Trump is a Putin-compromised asset? Use all
publicly available information from 1980 on and his failure to ever say anything
negative about Putin but has no issue attacking allies.”
The question is "Who swore their allegiances to Trump?". Target, lawyers,
libertarians, big oil, big plastic, coal, 12-cylinder engines, willfull liars, old
white men, gun-lovers, weak men, women-beaters, haters, the amoral, and lazy-brained
people.
amoral
eɪˈmɒr(ə)l
adjective
lacking a moral sense; unconcerned with the rightness or wrongness of something.